xref: /sqlite-3.40.0/src/pager.c (revision 87f500ce)
1 /*
2 ** 2001 September 15
3 **
4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
6 **
7 **    May you do good and not evil.
8 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
9 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
10 **
11 *************************************************************************
12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
13 **
14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
16 ** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
19 ** another is writing.
20 */
21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
23 #include "wal.h"
24 
25 
26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
27 **
28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
29 ** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
31 **
32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
36 **
37 ** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
39 **
40 **     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
41 **          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
42 **          synced.
43 **
44 **     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
45 **
46 **     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
47 **          the database file at the start of the transaction.
48 **
49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
50 **     following are true:
51 **
52 **     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
53 **
54 **     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
55 **         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
56 **         number consists of a single page change.
57 **
58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
59 **     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
60 **     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
61 **     transaction.
62 **
63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
64 **     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
65 **
66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
67 **     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
68 **     first 100 bytes of the database file.
69 **
70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
71 **     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
72 **
73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
74 **     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
75 **
76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
78 ** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
80 ** of the database.
81 **
82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
83 **     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
84 **     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
85 **     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
86 **
87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
88 **     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
89 **     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
90 **     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
91 **     invoke it.)
92 **
93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
94 **     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
95 **     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
96 **     database to flush their caches.
97 **
98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
99 **      than one billion transactions.
100 **
101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
102 **      of every transaction.
103 **
104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
105 **      the database file.
106 **
107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
108 **      content out of the database file.
109 **
110 ******************************************************************************/
111 
112 /*
113 ** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
114 */
115 #if 0
116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
118 #define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
119 #else
120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
121 #endif
122 
123 /*
124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
126 **
127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
129 ** struct as its argument.
130 */
131 #define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)
133 
134 /*
135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
137 ** state diagram.
138 **
139 **                            OPEN <------+------+
140 **                              |         |      |
141 **                              V         |      |
142 **               +---------> READER-------+      |
143 **               |              |                |
144 **               |              V                |
145 **               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
146 **               |              |                ^
147 **               |              V                |
148 **               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
149 **               |              |                |
150 **               |              V                |
151 **               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
152 **               |              |                |
153 **               |              V                |
154 **               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
155 **
156 **
157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
158 **
159 **   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
160 **   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
161 **
162 **   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
163 **   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
164 **   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
165 **   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
166 **   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
167 **
168 **   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
169 **   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
170 **
171 **
172 **  OPEN:
173 **
174 **    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
175 **    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
176 **    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
177 **
178 **    * No read or write transaction is active.
179 **    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
180 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
181 **
182 **  READER:
183 **
184 **    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
185 **    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
186 **    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
187 **    open. The database size is known in this state.
188 **
189 **    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
190 **    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
191 **    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
192 **    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
193 **    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
194 **    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
195 **    is via the ERROR state (see below).
196 **
197 **    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
198 **    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
199 **    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
200 **      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
201 **      may not be trusted at this point.
202 **    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
203 **    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
204 **      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
205 **
206 **  WRITER_LOCKED:
207 **
208 **    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
209 **    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
210 **    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
211 **    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
212 **
213 **    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
214 **    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
215 **    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
216 **    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
217 **    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
218 **    file.
219 **
220 **    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
221 **    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
222 **    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
223 **
224 **    * A write transaction is active.
225 **    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
226 **      lock is held on the database file.
227 **    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
228 **      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
229 **      called).
230 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
231 **    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
232 **    * The journal file may or may not be open.
233 **    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
234 **
235 **  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
236 **
237 **    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
238 **    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
239 **    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
240 **    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
241 **
242 **    * A write transaction is active.
243 **    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
244 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
245 **      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
246 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
247 **
248 **  WRITER_DBMOD:
249 **
250 **    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
251 **    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
252 **    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
253 **    just the log file).
254 **
255 **    * A write transaction is active.
256 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
257 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
258 **      and synced to disk.
259 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
260 **      written to disk).
261 **
262 **  WRITER_FINISHED:
263 **
264 **    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
265 **
266 **    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
267 **    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
268 **    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
269 **    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
270 **    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
271 **    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
272 **
273 **    * A write transaction is active.
274 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
275 **    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
276 **      If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
277 **      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
278 **      to rollback the transaction.
279 **
280 **  ERROR:
281 **
282 **    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
283 **    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
284 **    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
285 **    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
286 **
287 **    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
288 **    cannot.
289 **
290 **    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
291 **    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
292 **    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
293 **    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
294 **    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
295 **    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
296 **    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
297 **    instead of READER following such an error.
298 **
299 **    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
300 **    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
301 **    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
302 **    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
303 **    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
304 **    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
305 **    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
306 **    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
307 **    from the error.
308 **
309 **    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
310 **
311 **      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
312 **         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
313 **
314 **      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
315 **         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
316 **
317 **      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
318 **         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
319 **         memory.
320 **
321 **    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
322 **    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
323 **    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
324 **
325 **    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
326 **    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
327 **    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
328 **    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
329 **    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
330 **    state.
331 **
332 **    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
333 **    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
334 **      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
335 **    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
336 **
337 **
338 ** Notes:
339 **
340 **   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
341 **     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
342 **     of the first four states.
343 **
344 **   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
345 **     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
346 **     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
347 **     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
348 **
349 **   * See also: assert_pager_state().
350 */
351 #define PAGER_OPEN                  0
352 #define PAGER_READER                1
353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
357 #define PAGER_ERROR                 6
358 
359 /*
360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
365 **
366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
374 **
375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
378 **
379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
385 ** of hot-journal detection.
386 **
387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
393 ** without rolling it back.
394 **
395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
403 **
404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
405 ** PAGER_OPEN state.
406 */
407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
408 
409 /*
410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
411 */
412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
414     if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
416     if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
417     if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
418 #else
419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E)   /* NO-OP */
420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
421 #endif
422 
423 /*
424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
428 */
429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
430 
431 
432 /*
433 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
434 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
435 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
436 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
437 **
438 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
439 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
440 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
441 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
442 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
443 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
444 */
445 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
446 struct PagerSavepoint {
447   i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
448   i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
449   Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
450   Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
451   Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
452 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
453   u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
454 #endif
455 };
456 
457 /*
458 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag.  See further description below.
459 */
460 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF         0x01 /* Never spill cache.  Set via pragma */
461 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK    0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
462 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC      0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
463 
464 /*
465 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
466 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
467 **
468 ** eState
469 **
470 **   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
471 **   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
472 **
473 ** eLock
474 **
475 **   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
476 **   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
477 **
478 **   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
479 **   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
480 **   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
481 **   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
482 **   need (and no reason to release them).
483 **
484 **   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
485 **   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
486 **   details.
487 **
488 ** changeCountDone
489 **
490 **   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
491 **   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
492 **   not updated more often than necessary.
493 **
494 **   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
495 **   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
496 **   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
497 **   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
498 **   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
499 **   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
500 **
501 **   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
502 **   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
503 **   committed.
504 **
505 ** setMaster
506 **
507 **   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
508 **   (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the
509 **   journal file before it is synced to disk.
510 **
511 **   Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects
512 **   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
513 **   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
514 **   If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
515 **   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
516 **   it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
517 **   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
518 **   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
519 **
520 **   Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
521 **   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
522 **   master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
523 **   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
524 **
525 **   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
526 **   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
527 **   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
528 **   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
529 **
530 ** doNotSpill
531 **
532 **   This variables control the behavior of cache-spills  (calls made by
533 **   the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
534 **   to the file-system in order to free up memory).
535 **
536 **   When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
537 **   writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
538 **   The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
539 **   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
540 **   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
541 **   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().  The SPILLFLAG_OFF
542 **   case is a user preference.
543 **
544 **   If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
545 **   pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
546 **   This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
547 **   is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
548 **   from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
549 **
550 ** subjInMemory
551 **
552 **   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
553 **   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
554 **   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
555 **
556 **   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
557 **   write-transaction is opened.
558 **
559 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
560 **
561 **   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
562 **   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
563 **   OPEN and ERROR).
564 **
565 **   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
566 **   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
567 **   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
568 **   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
569 **   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
570 **   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
571 **   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
572 **   to dbSize==1).
573 **
574 **   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
575 **   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
576 **   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
577 **   dbSize is updated.
578 **
579 **   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
580 **   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
581 **   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
582 **   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
583 **   being modified.
584 **
585 **   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
586 **   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
587 **   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
588 **   to write or truncate the database file on disk.
589 **
590 **   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
591 **   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
592 **   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
593 **   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
594 **   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
595 **   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
596 **   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
597 **   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
598 **   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
599 **   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
600 **
601 ** dbHintSize
602 **
603 **   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
604 **   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
605 **
606 **   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
607 **   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
608 **   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
609 **   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
610 **   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
611 **   details.
612 **
613 ** errCode
614 **
615 **   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
616 **   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
617 **   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
618 **   sub-codes.
619 */
620 struct Pager {
621   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
622   u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
623   u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
624   u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
625   u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
626   u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
627   u8 extraSync;               /* sync directory after journal delete */
628   u8 ckptSyncFlags;           /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */
629   u8 walSyncFlags;            /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */
630   u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
631   u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
632   u8 noLock;                  /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
633   u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
634   u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
635 
636   /**************************************************************************
637   ** The following block contains those class members that change during
638   ** routine operation.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
639   ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
640   ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
641   ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
642   ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
643   ** "configuration" of the pager.
644   */
645   u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
646   u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
647   u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
648   u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
649   u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
650   u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
651   u8 bUseFetch;               /* True to use xFetch() */
652   u8 hasHeldSharedLock;       /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */
653   Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
654   Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
655   Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
656   Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
657   int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
658   int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
659   u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
660   u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
661   Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
662   sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
663   sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
664   sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
665   i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
666   i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
667   sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
668   PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
669   int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
670   u32 iDataVersion;           /* Changes whenever database content changes */
671   char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
672 
673   int nMmapOut;               /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
674   sqlite3_int64 szMmap;       /* Desired maximum mmap size */
675   PgHdr *pMmapFreelist;       /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
676   /*
677   ** End of the routinely-changing class members
678   ***************************************************************************/
679 
680   u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
681   i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
682   u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
683   u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
684   int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
685   Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
686   i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
687   char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
688   char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
689   int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
690   void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
691   int aStat[3];               /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */
692 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
693   int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
694 #endif
695   void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
696   int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */
697 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
698   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
699   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
700   void (*xCodecFree)(void*);             /* Destructor for the codec */
701   void *pCodec;               /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
702 #endif
703   char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
704   PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
705 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
706   Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
707   char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
708 #endif
709 };
710 
711 /*
712 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
713 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
714 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
715 */
716 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
717 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
718 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
719 
720 /*
721 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
722 ** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
723 ** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
724 */
725 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
726 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
727 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
728 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
729 # define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
730 #else
731 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
732 #endif
733 
734 
735 
736 /*
737 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
738 ** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
739 **
740 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
741 ** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
742 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
743 ** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
744 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
745 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
746 ** journal and ignore it.
747 **
748 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
749 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
750 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
751 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
752 ** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
753 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
754 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
755 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
756 ** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
757 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
758 */
759 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
760   0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
761 };
762 
763 /*
764 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
765 ** the following macro.
766 */
767 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
768 
769 /*
770 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
771 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
772 */
773 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
774 
775 /*
776 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
777 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
778 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
779 ** out code that would never execute.
780 */
781 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
782 # define MEMDB 0
783 #else
784 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
785 #endif
786 
787 /*
788 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
789 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
790 */
791 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
792 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
793 #else
794 # define USEFETCH(x) 0
795 #endif
796 
797 /*
798 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
799 */
800 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
801 
802 /*
803 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
804 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
805 **
806 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
807 **
808 **   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
809 **
810 ** instead of
811 **
812 **   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
813 */
814 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)
815 
816 /*
817 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual
818 ** rollback journal. Otherwise false.
819 */
820 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
821 int sqlite3PagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){
822   return (pPager->pWal!=0);
823 }
824 # define pagerUseWal(x) sqlite3PagerUseWal(x)
825 #else
826 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
827 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
828 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
829 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
830 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
831 #endif
832 
833 #ifndef NDEBUG
834 /*
835 ** Usage:
836 **
837 **   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
838 **
839 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
840 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
841 */
842 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
843   Pager *pPager = p;
844 
845   /* State must be valid. */
846   assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
847        || p->eState==PAGER_READER
848        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
849        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
850        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
851        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
852        || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
853   );
854 
855   /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
856   ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
857   ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
858   */
859   assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
860   assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
861 
862   /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
863   ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
864   */
865   assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
866   assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
867 
868   /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
869   ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
870   ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
871   ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
872   ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
873   ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
874   ** state.
875   */
876   if( MEMDB ){
877     assert( !isOpen(p->fd) );
878     assert( p->noSync );
879     assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
880          || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
881     );
882     assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
883     assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
884   }
885 
886   /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
887   ** on the file.
888   */
889   assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
890   assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
891 
892   switch( p->eState ){
893     case PAGER_OPEN:
894       assert( !MEMDB );
895       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
896       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
897       break;
898 
899     case PAGER_READER:
900       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
901       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
902       assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
903       break;
904 
905     case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
906       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
907       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
908       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
909         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
910       }
911       assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
912       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
913       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
914       assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
915       break;
916 
917     case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
918       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
919       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
920       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
921         /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
922         ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
923         ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
924         ** to journal_mode=wal.
925         */
926         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
927         assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
928              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
929              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
930         );
931       }
932       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
933       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
934       break;
935 
936     case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
937       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
938       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
939       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
940       assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
941       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
942            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
943            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
944       );
945       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
946       break;
947 
948     case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
949       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
950       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
951       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
952       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
953            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
954            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
955       );
956       break;
957 
958     case PAGER_ERROR:
959       /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
960       ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
961       ** back to OPEN state.
962       */
963       assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
964       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile );
965       break;
966   }
967 
968   return 1;
969 }
970 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
971 
972 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
973 /*
974 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
975 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
976 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
977 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
978 **
979 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
980 */
981 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
982   static char zRet[1024];
983 
984   sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
985       "Filename:      %s\n"
986       "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
987       "Lock:          %s\n"
988       "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
989       "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
990       "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
991       "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
992       "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
993       , p->zFilename
994       , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
995         p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
996         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
997         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
998         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
999         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
1000         p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
1001       , (int)p->errCode
1002       , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
1003         p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
1004         p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
1005         p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
1006         p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
1007       , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
1008       , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
1009         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
1010         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
1011         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
1012         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
1013         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
1014       , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
1015       , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
1016       , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
1017   );
1018 
1019   return zRet;
1020 }
1021 #endif
1022 
1023 /* Forward references to the various page getters */
1024 static int getPageNormal(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1025 static int getPageError(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1026 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1027 static int getPageMMap(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1028 #endif
1029 
1030 /*
1031 ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch
1032 ** content from the pager.
1033 */
1034 static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){
1035   if( pPager->errCode ){
1036     pPager->xGet = getPageError;
1037 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1038   }else if( USEFETCH(pPager)
1039 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
1040    && pPager->xCodec==0
1041 #endif
1042   ){
1043     pPager->xGet = getPageMMap;
1044 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
1045   }else{
1046     pPager->xGet = getPageNormal;
1047   }
1048 }
1049 
1050 /*
1051 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
1052 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
1053 ** or more open savepoints for which:
1054 **
1055 **   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
1056 **   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
1057 **     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
1058 */
1059 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1060   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1061   PagerSavepoint *p;
1062   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
1063   int i;
1064   for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1065     p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
1066     if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
1067       return 1;
1068     }
1069   }
1070   return 0;
1071 }
1072 
1073 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
1074 /*
1075 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
1076 */
1077 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
1078   return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
1079 }
1080 #endif
1081 
1082 /*
1083 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
1084 ** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
1085 ** error code is something goes wrong.
1086 **
1087 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
1088 */
1089 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
1090   unsigned char ac[4];
1091   int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
1092   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
1093     *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
1094   }
1095   return rc;
1096 }
1097 
1098 /*
1099 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
1100 */
1101 #define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
1102 
1103 
1104 /*
1105 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
1106 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
1107 */
1108 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
1109   char ac[4];
1110   put32bits(ac, val);
1111   return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
1112 }
1113 
1114 /*
1115 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
1116 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
1117 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
1118 **
1119 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1120 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
1121 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
1122 */
1123 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1124   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1125 
1126   assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
1127   assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
1128   assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
1129   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
1130     assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
1131     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1132     if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1133       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1134     }
1135     IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1136   }
1137   return rc;
1138 }
1139 
1140 /*
1141 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
1142 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
1143 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
1144 **
1145 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1146 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1147 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
1148 ** of this.
1149 */
1150 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1151   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1152 
1153   assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
1154   if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1155     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1156     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
1157       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1158       IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1159     }
1160   }
1161   return rc;
1162 }
1163 
1164 /*
1165 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization
1166 ** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if:
1167 **
1168 **  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
1169 **      a database page may be written atomically, and
1170 **  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
1171 **      to the page size.
1172 **
1173 ** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is
1174 ** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory
1175 ** database.
1176 **
1177 ** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used,
1178 ** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it
1179 ** contains rollback data for exactly one page.
1180 */
1181 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
1182 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
1183   assert( !MEMDB );
1184   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
1185     int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
1186     int nSector;                      /* Sector size */
1187     int szPage;                       /* Page size */
1188 
1189     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
1190     dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
1191     nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
1192     szPage = pPager->pageSize;
1193 
1194     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
1195     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
1196     if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
1197       return 0;
1198     }
1199   }
1200 
1201   return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
1202 }
1203 #else
1204 # define jrnlBufferSize(x) 0
1205 #endif
1206 
1207 /*
1208 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
1209 ** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
1210 ** and debugging only.
1211 */
1212 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1213 /*
1214 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
1215 */
1216 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
1217   u32 hash = 0;
1218   int i;
1219   for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
1220     hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
1221   }
1222   return hash;
1223 }
1224 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1225   return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
1226 }
1227 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1228   pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
1229 }
1230 
1231 /*
1232 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1233 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
1234 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
1235 */
1236 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
1237 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1238   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1239   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1240   assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
1241 }
1242 
1243 #else
1244 #define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
1245 #define pager_pagehash(X)  0
1246 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
1247 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
1248 #endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
1249 
1250 /*
1251 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
1252 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the
1253 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
1254 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
1255 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
1256 **
1257 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
1258 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
1259 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
1260 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
1261 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
1262 ** were present in the journal.
1263 **
1264 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
1265 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
1266 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
1267 ** journal file name.
1268 **
1269 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present
1270 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
1271 **
1272 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
1273 ** error code is returned.
1274 */
1275 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
1276   int rc;                    /* Return code */
1277   u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
1278   i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
1279   u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
1280   u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
1281   unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1282   zMaster[0] = '\0';
1283 
1284   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
1285    || szJ<16
1286    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
1287    || len>=nMaster
1288    || len==0
1289    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
1290    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
1291    || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
1292    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
1293   ){
1294     return rc;
1295   }
1296 
1297   /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
1298   for(u=0; u<len; u++){
1299     cksum -= zMaster[u];
1300   }
1301   if( cksum ){
1302     /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
1303     ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
1304     ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
1305     ** master-journal filename.
1306     */
1307     len = 0;
1308   }
1309   zMaster[len] = '\0';
1310 
1311   return SQLITE_OK;
1312 }
1313 
1314 /*
1315 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
1316 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
1317 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
1318 **
1319 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
1320 **
1321 **   Pager.journalOff          Return value
1322 **   ---------------------------------------
1323 **   0                         0
1324 **   512                       512
1325 **   100                       512
1326 **   2000                      2048
1327 **
1328 */
1329 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
1330   i64 offset = 0;
1331   i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
1332   if( c ){
1333     offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1334   }
1335   assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
1336   assert( offset>=c );
1337   assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
1338   return offset;
1339 }
1340 
1341 /*
1342 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
1343 **
1344 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
1345 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
1346 **
1347 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
1348 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
1349 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
1350 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
1351 ** after writing or truncating it.
1352 **
1353 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
1354 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
1355 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
1356 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
1357 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
1358 **
1359 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
1360 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
1361 */
1362 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
1363   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
1364   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1365   assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) );
1366   if( pPager->journalOff ){
1367     const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
1368 
1369     IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
1370     if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
1371       rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1372     }else{
1373       static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
1374       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
1375     }
1376     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
1377       rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
1378     }
1379 
1380     /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
1381     ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
1382     ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
1383     ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
1384     ** to sync the file following this operation.
1385     */
1386     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
1387       i64 sz;
1388       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
1389       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
1390         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
1391       }
1392     }
1393   }
1394   return rc;
1395 }
1396 
1397 /*
1398 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
1399 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
1400 ** current location.
1401 **
1402 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
1403 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
1404 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
1405 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
1406 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
1407 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
1408 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
1409 **
1410 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
1411 */
1412 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
1413   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
1414   char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
1415   u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
1416   u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
1417   int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
1418 
1419   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1420 
1421   if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
1422     nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1423   }
1424 
1425   /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
1426   ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
1427   ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
1428   */
1429   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1430     if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
1431       pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
1432     }
1433   }
1434 
1435   pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1436 
1437   /*
1438   ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
1439   ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
1440   ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
1441   ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
1442   ** of records (see syncJournal()).
1443   **
1444   ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
1445   ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
1446   ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
1447   ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
1448   ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
1449   ** where this risk can be ignored:
1450   **
1451   **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
1452   **     power failure in this case anyway.
1453   **
1454   **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
1455   **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
1456   */
1457   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
1458   if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
1459    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
1460   ){
1461     memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
1462     put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
1463   }else{
1464     memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
1465   }
1466 
1467   /* The random check-hash initializer */
1468   sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
1469   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
1470   /* The initial database size */
1471   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
1472   /* The assumed sector size for this process */
1473   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
1474 
1475   /* The page size */
1476   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
1477 
1478   /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
1479   ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
1480   ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
1481   ** take the performance hit.
1482   */
1483   memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
1484          nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
1485 
1486   /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
1487   ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
1488   ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
1489   ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
1490   ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
1491   **
1492   ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
1493   ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
1494   ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
1495   ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
1496   ** is done.
1497   **
1498   ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
1499   ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
1500   ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
1501   ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
1502   */
1503   for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
1504     IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
1505     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
1506     assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1507     pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
1508   }
1509 
1510   return rc;
1511 }
1512 
1513 /*
1514 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
1515 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
1516 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
1517 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
1518 ** a description of the journal header format.
1519 **
1520 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
1521 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
1522 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
1523 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
1524 ** in this case.
1525 **
1526 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
1527 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
1528 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
1529 */
1530 static int readJournalHdr(
1531   Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
1532   int isHot,
1533   i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
1534   u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
1535   u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
1536 ){
1537   int rc;                      /* Return code */
1538   unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1539   i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
1540 
1541   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1542 
1543   /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
1544   ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
1545   ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
1546   */
1547   pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1548   if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
1549     return SQLITE_DONE;
1550   }
1551   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1552 
1553   /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
1554   ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
1555   ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
1556   ** proceed.
1557   */
1558   if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
1559     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
1560     if( rc ){
1561       return rc;
1562     }
1563     if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
1564       return SQLITE_DONE;
1565     }
1566   }
1567 
1568   /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
1569   ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
1570   ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
1571   */
1572   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
1573    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
1574    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
1575   ){
1576     return rc;
1577   }
1578 
1579   if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1580     u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
1581     u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
1582 
1583     /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
1584     if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
1585      || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
1586     ){
1587       return rc;
1588     }
1589 
1590     /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
1591     ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
1592     ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
1593     */
1594     if( iPageSize==0 ){
1595       iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
1596     }
1597 
1598     /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
1599     ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
1600     ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
1601     ** respective compile time maximum limits.
1602     */
1603     if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
1604      || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
1605      || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
1606     ){
1607       /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
1608       ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
1609       ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
1610       ** the journal file here.
1611       */
1612       return SQLITE_DONE;
1613     }
1614 
1615     /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
1616     ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
1617     ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
1618     */
1619     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
1620     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
1621 
1622     /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
1623     ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
1624     ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
1625     ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
1626     ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
1627     */
1628     pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
1629   }
1630 
1631   pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1632   return rc;
1633 }
1634 
1635 
1636 /*
1637 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
1638 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
1639 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
1640 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
1641 ** anything is written. The format is:
1642 **
1643 **   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
1644 **   + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
1645 **   + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
1646 **   + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
1647 **   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
1648 **
1649 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
1650 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
1651 **
1652 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
1653 ** this call is a no-op.
1654 */
1655 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
1656   int rc;                          /* Return code */
1657   int nMaster;                     /* Length of string zMaster */
1658   i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
1659   i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
1660   u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zMaster */
1661 
1662   assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
1663   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1664 
1665   if( !zMaster
1666    || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1667    || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
1668   ){
1669     return SQLITE_OK;
1670   }
1671   pPager->setMaster = 1;
1672   assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1673 
1674   /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
1675   for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
1676     cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
1677   }
1678 
1679   /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
1680   ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
1681   ** the journal has already been synced.
1682   */
1683   if( pPager->fullSync ){
1684     pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1685   }
1686   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1687 
1688   /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
1689   ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
1690   */
1691   if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
1692    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
1693    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
1694    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
1695    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8,
1696                                  iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
1697   ){
1698     return rc;
1699   }
1700   pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
1701 
1702   /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
1703   ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
1704   ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
1705   ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
1706   ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
1707   ** whether or not the journal is hot.
1708   **
1709   ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
1710   ** file to the required size.
1711   */
1712   if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
1713    && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
1714   ){
1715     rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
1716   }
1717   return rc;
1718 }
1719 
1720 /*
1721 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
1722 */
1723 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
1724   pPager->iDataVersion++;
1725   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
1726   sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
1727 }
1728 
1729 /*
1730 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value
1731 */
1732 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){
1733   assert( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN );
1734   return pPager->iDataVersion;
1735 }
1736 
1737 /*
1738 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
1739 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
1740 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
1741 */
1742 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
1743   int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
1744   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1745     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
1746   }
1747   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
1748     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
1749   }
1750   sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
1751   pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
1752   pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
1753   pPager->nSubRec = 0;
1754 }
1755 
1756 /*
1757 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
1758 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
1759 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
1760 */
1761 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1762   int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
1763   int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
1764 
1765   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1766     PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
1767     if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
1768       rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
1769       testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1770       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1771     }
1772   }
1773   return rc;
1774 }
1775 
1776 /*
1777 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
1778 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
1779 ** state.
1780 **
1781 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
1782 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
1783 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
1784 ** closed (if it is open).
1785 **
1786 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
1787 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
1788 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
1789 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
1790 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
1791 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
1792 */
1793 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
1794 
1795   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
1796        || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
1797        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
1798   );
1799 
1800   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1801   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1802   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1803 
1804   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
1805     assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1806     sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
1807     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1808   }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
1809     int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
1810     int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
1811 
1812     /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
1813     ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
1814     ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
1815     ** out from under us.
1816     */
1817     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
1818     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
1819     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
1820     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
1821     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
1822     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
1823     if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
1824      || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
1825     ){
1826       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1827     }
1828 
1829     /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
1830     ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
1831     ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
1832     ** is necessary.
1833     */
1834     rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
1835     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
1836       pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
1837     }
1838 
1839     /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
1840     ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
1841     ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
1842     */
1843     assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1844     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1845     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1846   }
1847 
1848   /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
1849   ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
1850   ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
1851   ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
1852   */
1853   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1854   if( pPager->errCode ){
1855     if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
1856       pager_reset(pPager);
1857       pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1858       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1859     }else{
1860       pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER);
1861     }
1862     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
1863     pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
1864     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1865   }
1866 
1867   pPager->journalOff = 0;
1868   pPager->journalHdr = 0;
1869   pPager->setMaster = 0;
1870 }
1871 
1872 /*
1873 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
1874 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
1875 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
1876 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
1877 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
1878 **
1879 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
1880 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
1881 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
1882 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
1883 **
1884 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
1885 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
1886 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
1887 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
1888 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
1889 ** it were a hot-journal).
1890 */
1891 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
1892   int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
1893   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1894   assert(
1895        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
1896        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
1897        (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
1898   );
1899   if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
1900     pPager->errCode = rc;
1901     pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
1902     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1903   }
1904   return rc;
1905 }
1906 
1907 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
1908 
1909 /*
1910 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1)
1911 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0).
1912 **
1913 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk.
1914 **
1915 ** Rules:
1916 **
1917 **   *  For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk.  This is necessary
1918 **      for transactions to be durable.
1919 **
1920 **   *  Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing
1921 **      file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and
1922 **      when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total
1923 **      cache size.
1924 */
1925 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){
1926   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1;
1927   if( !bCommit ) return 0;
1928   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0;
1929   return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25);
1930 }
1931 
1932 /*
1933 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
1934 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
1935 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
1936 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
1937 ** database transaction.
1938 **
1939 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
1940 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
1941 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
1942 **
1943 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
1944 **
1945 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
1946 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
1947 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
1948 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
1949 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
1950 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
1951 **
1952 **   journalMode==MEMORY
1953 **     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
1954 **     in-memory journal.
1955 **
1956 **   journalMode==TRUNCATE
1957 **     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
1958 **
1959 **   journalMode==PERSIST
1960 **     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
1961 **     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
1962 **     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
1963 **
1964 **   journalMode==DELETE
1965 **     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
1966 **
1967 **     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
1968 **     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
1969 **     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
1970 **     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
1971 **
1972 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
1973 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
1974 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
1975 **
1976 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
1977 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
1978 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
1979 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
1980 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
1981 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
1982 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
1983 ** returned.
1984 */
1985 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
1986   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
1987   int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
1988 
1989   /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
1990   ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
1991   ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
1992   ** held under two circumstances:
1993   **
1994   **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
1995   **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1996   **
1997   **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
1998   **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
1999   **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
2000   **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
2001   */
2002   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2003   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2004   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
2005     return SQLITE_OK;
2006   }
2007 
2008   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
2009   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 );
2010   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
2011     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2012 
2013     /* Finalize the journal file. */
2014     if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){
2015       /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */
2016       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2017     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
2018       if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
2019         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2020       }else{
2021         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
2022         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){
2023           /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
2024           ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
2025           ** cause the last transaction to roll back.  See
2026           ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
2027           */
2028           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
2029         }
2030       }
2031       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2032     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
2033       || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
2034     ){
2035       rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster||pPager->tempFile);
2036       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2037     }else{
2038       /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
2039       ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
2040       ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
2041       ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
2042       */
2043       int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile;
2044       assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 );
2045       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
2046            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
2047            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
2048       );
2049       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2050       if( bDelete ){
2051         rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync);
2052       }
2053     }
2054   }
2055 
2056 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
2057   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
2058   if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
2059     PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1);
2060     if( p ){
2061       p->pageHash = 0;
2062       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
2063     }
2064   }
2065 #endif
2066 
2067   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
2068   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
2069   pPager->nRec = 0;
2070   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2071     if( MEMDB || pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){
2072       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
2073     }else{
2074       sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache);
2075     }
2076     sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
2077   }
2078 
2079   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2080     /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
2081     ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
2082     ** lock held on the database file.
2083     */
2084     rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
2085     assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
2086   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
2087     /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
2088     ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
2089     ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
2090     ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
2091     ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
2092     ** required size.  */
2093     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2094     rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
2095   }
2096 
2097   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
2098     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
2099     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
2100   }
2101 
2102   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
2103    && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
2104   ){
2105     rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
2106     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
2107   }
2108   pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
2109   pPager->setMaster = 0;
2110 
2111   return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
2112 }
2113 
2114 /*
2115 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
2116 ** database file.
2117 **
2118 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
2119 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
2120 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
2121 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
2122 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
2123 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
2124 ** will roll it back.
2125 **
2126 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
2127 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
2128 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
2129 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
2130 */
2131 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
2132   if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
2133     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2134     if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
2135       sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
2136       sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
2137       sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
2138     }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
2139       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
2140       pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
2141     }
2142   }
2143   pager_unlock(pPager);
2144 }
2145 
2146 /*
2147 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
2148 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
2149 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
2150 **
2151 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
2152 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
2153 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
2154 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2155 **
2156 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
2157 ** incompatible journal file format.
2158 **
2159 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
2160 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
2161 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
2162 ** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
2163 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
2164 */
2165 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
2166   u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
2167   int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
2168   while( i>0 ){
2169     cksum += aData[i];
2170     i -= 200;
2171   }
2172   return cksum;
2173 }
2174 
2175 /*
2176 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
2177 ** to the codec.
2178 */
2179 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2180 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
2181   if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
2182     pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
2183                            (int)pPager->nReserve);
2184   }
2185 }
2186 #else
2187 # define pagerReportSize(X)     /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
2188 #endif
2189 
2190 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2191 /*
2192 ** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination
2193 ** pager as it is in the source.  This comes up when a VACUUM changes the
2194 ** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount.
2195 */
2196 void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){
2197   if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){
2198     pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve;
2199     pagerReportSize(pDest);
2200   }
2201 }
2202 #endif
2203 
2204 /*
2205 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
2206 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
2207 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
2208 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
2209 **
2210 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
2211 ** not.
2212 **
2213 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
2214 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
2215 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
2216 **
2217 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
2218 ** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
2219 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
2220 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
2221 ** prior to returning.
2222 **
2223 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
2224 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
2225 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
2226 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
2227 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
2228 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
2229 ** two circumstances:
2230 **
2231 **   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
2232 **   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
2233 **     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
2234 **
2235 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
2236 **
2237 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
2238 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
2239 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
2240 */
2241 static int pager_playback_one_page(
2242   Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
2243   i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
2244   Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
2245   int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
2246   int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
2247 ){
2248   int rc;
2249   PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
2250   Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
2251   u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
2252   char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
2253   sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
2254   int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
2255 
2256   assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
2257   assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
2258   assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
2259   assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
2260 
2261   aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2262   assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
2263   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
2264 
2265   /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
2266   ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
2267   ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
2268   ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
2269   ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
2270   */
2271   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
2272        || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
2273   );
2274   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
2275 
2276   /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
2277   ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
2278   */
2279   jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
2280   rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
2281   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2282   rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
2283   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2284   *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
2285 
2286   /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
2287   ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
2288   ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
2289   ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
2290   */
2291   if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
2292     assert( !isSavepnt );
2293     return SQLITE_DONE;
2294   }
2295   if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
2296     return SQLITE_OK;
2297   }
2298   if( isMainJrnl ){
2299     rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
2300     if( rc ) return rc;
2301     if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
2302       return SQLITE_DONE;
2303     }
2304   }
2305 
2306   /* If this page has already been played back before during the current
2307   ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
2308   */
2309   if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
2310     return rc;
2311   }
2312 
2313   /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
2314   */
2315   if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
2316     pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
2317     pagerReportSize(pPager);
2318   }
2319 
2320   /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
2321   ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
2322   ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
2323   **
2324   ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
2325   ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
2326   ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
2327   ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
2328   ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
2329   ** assert()able.
2330   **
2331   ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
2332   ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
2333   ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
2334   ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
2335   ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
2336   **
2337   ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
2338   ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
2339   ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
2340   ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
2341   ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
2342   ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
2343   ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
2344   ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
2345   ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
2346   ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
2347   ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
2348   ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
2349   ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
2350   **
2351   ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
2352   ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
2353   ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
2354   */
2355   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2356     pPg = 0;
2357   }else{
2358     pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
2359   }
2360   assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
2361   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile );
2362   PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
2363            PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
2364            (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
2365   ));
2366   if( isMainJrnl ){
2367     isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
2368   }else{
2369     isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
2370   }
2371   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2372    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2373    && isSynced
2374   ){
2375     i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2376     testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
2377     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2378     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2379     if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
2380       pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
2381     }
2382     if( pPager->pBackup ){
2383       CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
2384       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2385       CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, aData);
2386     }
2387   }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
2388     /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
2389     ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
2390     ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
2391     ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
2392     ** current.
2393     **
2394     ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
2395     ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
2396     ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
2397     ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
2398     **
2399     ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
2400     ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
2401     ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
2402     ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
2403     */
2404     assert( isSavepnt );
2405     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
2406     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2407     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
2408     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
2409     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2410     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2411     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
2412   }
2413   if( pPg ){
2414     /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
2415     ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
2416     ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
2417     ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
2418     ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
2419     */
2420     void *pData;
2421     pData = pPg->pData;
2422     memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
2423     pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2424     /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here.  But
2425     ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache
2426     ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so
2427     ** has been removed. */
2428     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
2429 
2430     /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
2431     ** Do this before any decoding. */
2432     if( pgno==1 ){
2433       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2434     }
2435 
2436     /* Decode the page just read from disk */
2437     CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
2438     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
2439   }
2440   return rc;
2441 }
2442 
2443 /*
2444 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
2445 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
2446 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
2447 ** and does so if it is.
2448 **
2449 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
2450 ** available for use within this function.
2451 **
2452 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names
2453 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
2454 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
2455 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
2456 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
2457 **
2458 **   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
2459 **
2460 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
2461 ** journals have been rolled back.
2462 **
2463 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into
2464 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
2465 ** each child journal, it checks if:
2466 **
2467 **   * if the child journal exists, and if so
2468 **   * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal
2469 **     file zMaster
2470 **
2471 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
2472 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
2473 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
2474 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
2475 **
2476 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
2477 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
2478 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
2479 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2480 **
2481 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
2482 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
2483 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
2484 ** size.
2485 */
2486 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
2487   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2488   int rc;                   /* Return code */
2489   sqlite3_file *pMaster;    /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
2490   sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
2491   char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
2492   i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
2493   char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
2494   char *zMasterPtr;         /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
2495   int nMasterPtr;           /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
2496 
2497   /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
2498   ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
2499   */
2500   pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
2501   pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
2502   if( !pMaster ){
2503     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2504   }else{
2505     const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
2506     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
2507   }
2508   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2509 
2510   /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
2511   ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
2512   ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
2513   ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
2514   */
2515   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
2516   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2517   nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
2518   zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
2519   if( !zMasterJournal ){
2520     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2521     goto delmaster_out;
2522   }
2523   zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
2524   rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
2525   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2526   zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
2527 
2528   zJournal = zMasterJournal;
2529   while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
2530     int exists;
2531     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
2532     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2533       goto delmaster_out;
2534     }
2535     if( exists ){
2536       /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
2537       ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
2538       ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
2539       */
2540       int c;
2541       int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
2542       rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
2543       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2544         goto delmaster_out;
2545       }
2546 
2547       rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
2548       sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
2549       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2550         goto delmaster_out;
2551       }
2552 
2553       c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
2554       if( c ){
2555         /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
2556         goto delmaster_out;
2557       }
2558     }
2559     zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
2560   }
2561 
2562   sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2563   rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
2564 
2565 delmaster_out:
2566   sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
2567   if( pMaster ){
2568     sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2569     assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
2570     sqlite3_free(pMaster);
2571   }
2572   return rc;
2573 }
2574 
2575 
2576 /*
2577 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
2578 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
2579 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
2580 **
2581 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
2582 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
2583 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
2584 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
2585 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
2586 **
2587 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
2588 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
2589 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
2590 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
2591 ** the end of the new file instead.
2592 **
2593 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
2594 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
2595 */
2596 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
2597   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2598   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2599   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
2600 
2601   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2602    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2603   ){
2604     i64 currentSize, newSize;
2605     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
2606     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2607     /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
2608     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
2609     newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
2610     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
2611       if( currentSize>newSize ){
2612         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
2613       }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
2614         char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2615         memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
2616         testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
2617         testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
2618         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
2619       }
2620       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2621         pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
2622       }
2623     }
2624   }
2625   return rc;
2626 }
2627 
2628 /*
2629 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
2630 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2631 */
2632 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
2633   int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
2634   if( iRet<32 ){
2635     iRet = 512;
2636   }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
2637     assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
2638     iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
2639   }
2640   return iRet;
2641 }
2642 
2643 /*
2644 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
2645 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
2646 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
2647 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
2648 ** master journal pointers within created journal files.
2649 **
2650 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
2651 **
2652 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
2653 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
2654 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
2655 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2656 **
2657 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
2658 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
2659 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
2660 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
2661 ** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
2662 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
2663 ** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
2664 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
2665 */
2666 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
2667   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
2668 
2669   if( pPager->tempFile
2670    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
2671               SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
2672   ){
2673     /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
2674     ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
2675     ** call will segfault. */
2676     pPager->sectorSize = 512;
2677   }else{
2678     pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
2679   }
2680 }
2681 
2682 /*
2683 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
2684 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
2685 **
2686 ** The journal file format is as follows:
2687 **
2688 **  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
2689 **  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
2690 **       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
2691 **       number of page records from the journal size.
2692 **  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
2693 **       sanity checksum.
2694 **  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
2695 **       database to during a rollback.
2696 **  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
2697 **       is this many bytes in size.
2698 **  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
2699 **  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
2700 **  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
2701 **        +  4 byte page number.
2702 **        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
2703 **        +  4 byte checksum
2704 **
2705 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
2706 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
2707 **
2708 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
2709 ** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
2710 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
2711 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
2712 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
2713 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
2714 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
2715 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
2716 **
2717 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
2718 ** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
2719 ** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
2720 ** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
2721 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
2722 **
2723 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
2724 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
2725 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
2726 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
2727 ** been encountered.
2728 **
2729 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
2730 ** and an error code is returned.
2731 **
2732 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
2733 ** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is
2734 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
2735 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
2736 ** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
2737 ** needed.
2738 */
2739 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
2740   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2741   i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
2742   u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
2743   u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
2744   Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
2745   int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
2746   int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
2747   char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
2748   int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
2749   int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
2750 
2751   /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
2752   ** the journal is empty.
2753   */
2754   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
2755   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
2756   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2757     goto end_playback;
2758   }
2759 
2760   /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
2761   ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
2762   ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
2763   ** played back.
2764   **
2765   ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
2766   ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
2767   ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
2768   ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
2769   ** for pageSize.
2770   */
2771   zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2772   rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2773   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
2774     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
2775   }
2776   zMaster = 0;
2777   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
2778     goto end_playback;
2779   }
2780   pPager->journalOff = 0;
2781   needPagerReset = isHot;
2782 
2783   /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
2784   ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
2785   ** occurs.
2786   */
2787   while( 1 ){
2788     /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
2789     ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
2790     ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
2791     ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
2792     */
2793     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
2794     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2795       if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2796         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2797       }
2798       goto end_playback;
2799     }
2800 
2801     /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
2802     ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
2803     ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
2804     ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
2805     */
2806     if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
2807       assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
2808       nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2809     }
2810 
2811     /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
2812     ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
2813     ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
2814     ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
2815     ** size of the file.
2816     **
2817     ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
2818     ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
2819     ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
2820     ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
2821     ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
2822     ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
2823     ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
2824     */
2825     if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
2826         pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
2827       nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2828     }
2829 
2830     /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
2831     ** database file back to its original size.
2832     */
2833     if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
2834       rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
2835       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2836         goto end_playback;
2837       }
2838       pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
2839     }
2840 
2841     /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
2842     ** database file and/or page cache.
2843     */
2844     for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
2845       if( needPagerReset ){
2846         pager_reset(pPager);
2847         needPagerReset = 0;
2848       }
2849       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
2850       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2851         nPlayback++;
2852       }else{
2853         if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2854           pPager->journalOff = szJ;
2855           break;
2856         }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2857           /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
2858           ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
2859           ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
2860           ** case, the database should have never been written in the
2861           ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
2862           rc = SQLITE_OK;
2863           goto end_playback;
2864         }else{
2865           /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
2866           ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
2867           ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
2868           ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
2869           */
2870           goto end_playback;
2871         }
2872       }
2873     }
2874   }
2875   /*NOTREACHED*/
2876   assert( 0 );
2877 
2878 end_playback:
2879   /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
2880   ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
2881   ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
2882   ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
2883   */
2884 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
2885   if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){
2886     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
2887   }
2888 #endif
2889 
2890   /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
2891   ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
2892   ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
2893   ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
2894   ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
2895   ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
2896   ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
2897   ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
2898   */
2899   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
2900 
2901   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2902     zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2903     rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2904     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2905   }
2906   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
2907    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2908   ){
2909     rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
2910   }
2911   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2912     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0);
2913     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2914   }
2915   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
2916     /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
2917     ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
2918     */
2919     rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
2920     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2921   }
2922   if( isHot && nPlayback ){
2923     sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
2924                 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
2925   }
2926 
2927   /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
2928   ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
2929   ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
2930   */
2931   setSectorSize(pPager);
2932   return rc;
2933 }
2934 
2935 
2936 /*
2937 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into
2938 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
2939 ** file before this function is called.
2940 **
2941 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
2942 ** the value read from the database file.
2943 **
2944 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
2945 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2946 */
2947 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){
2948   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
2949   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;       /* Page number to read */
2950   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
2951   int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */
2952 
2953   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
2954   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
2955 
2956 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
2957   if( iFrame ){
2958     /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */
2959     rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData);
2960   }else
2961 #endif
2962   {
2963     i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2964     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset);
2965     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2966       rc = SQLITE_OK;
2967     }
2968   }
2969 
2970   if( pgno==1 ){
2971     if( rc ){
2972       /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
2973       ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
2974       ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
2975       ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
2976       ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
2977       ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
2978       **
2979       ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
2980       ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
2981       ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
2982       ** we should still be ok.
2983       */
2984       memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2985     }else{
2986       u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
2987       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2988     }
2989   }
2990   CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
2991 
2992   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
2993   PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
2994   IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
2995   PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
2996                PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
2997 
2998   return rc;
2999 }
3000 
3001 /*
3002 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
3003 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
3004 **
3005 ** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
3006 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
3007 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
3008 */
3009 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
3010   u32 change_counter;
3011 
3012   /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
3013   change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
3014   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
3015 
3016   /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
3017   ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
3018   ** is valid. */
3019   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
3020   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
3021 }
3022 
3023 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3024 /*
3025 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
3026 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
3027 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
3028 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
3029 **
3030 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
3031 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
3032 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
3033 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
3034 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
3035 */
3036 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
3037   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3038   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
3039   PgHdr *pPg;
3040 
3041   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3042   pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
3043   if( pPg ){
3044     if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
3045       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
3046     }else{
3047       u32 iFrame = 0;
3048       rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
3049       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3050         rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
3051       }
3052       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3053         pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
3054       }
3055       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
3056     }
3057   }
3058 
3059   /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
3060   ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
3061   ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
3062   ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
3063   ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
3064   ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
3065   ** the backups must be restarted.
3066   */
3067   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
3068 
3069   return rc;
3070 }
3071 
3072 /*
3073 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
3074 */
3075 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
3076   int rc;                         /* Return Code */
3077   PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
3078 
3079   /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
3080   ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
3081   ** following:
3082   **
3083   **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
3084   **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
3085   */
3086   pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
3087   rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
3088   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3089   while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3090     PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
3091     rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
3092     pList = pNext;
3093   }
3094 
3095   return rc;
3096 }
3097 
3098 /*
3099 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
3100 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
3101 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
3102 ** changed.
3103 **
3104 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
3105 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
3106 */
3107 static int pagerWalFrames(
3108   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3109   PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
3110   Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
3111   int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
3112 ){
3113   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3114   int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
3115   PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
3116 
3117   assert( pPager->pWal );
3118   assert( pList );
3119 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
3120   /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
3121   for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
3122     assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
3123   }
3124 #endif
3125 
3126   assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
3127   if( isCommit ){
3128     /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
3129     ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
3130     ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
3131     ** list here. */
3132     PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
3133     nList = 0;
3134     for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
3135       if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
3136         ppNext = &p->pDirty;
3137         nList++;
3138       }
3139     }
3140     assert( pList );
3141   }else{
3142     nList = 1;
3143   }
3144   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
3145 
3146   if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
3147   rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
3148       pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
3149   );
3150   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
3151     for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3152       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
3153     }
3154   }
3155 
3156 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
3157   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3158   for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3159     pager_set_pagehash(p);
3160   }
3161 #endif
3162 
3163   return rc;
3164 }
3165 
3166 /*
3167 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
3168 **
3169 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
3170 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
3171 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
3172 ** other writers or checkpointers.
3173 */
3174 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
3175   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3176   int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
3177 
3178   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3179   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
3180 
3181   /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
3182   ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
3183   ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
3184   ** the duplicate call is harmless.
3185   */
3186   sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
3187 
3188   rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
3189   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
3190     pager_reset(pPager);
3191     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
3192   }
3193 
3194   return rc;
3195 }
3196 #endif
3197 
3198 /*
3199 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
3200 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
3201 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
3202 **
3203 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
3204 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
3205 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
3206 */
3207 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
3208   Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
3209 
3210   /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
3211   ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
3212   ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
3213   ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
3214   ** contains no valid committed transactions.
3215   */
3216   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3217   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3218   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
3219   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
3220   nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
3221 
3222   /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the
3223   ** WAL sub-system, determine the page counte based on the size of
3224   ** the database file.  If the size of the database file is not an
3225   ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result.
3226   */
3227   if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){
3228     i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
3229     int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
3230     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
3231       return rc;
3232     }
3233     nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
3234   }
3235 
3236   /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
3237   ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
3238   ** that the file can be read.
3239   */
3240   if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
3241     pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
3242   }
3243 
3244   *pnPage = nPage;
3245   return SQLITE_OK;
3246 }
3247 
3248 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3249 /*
3250 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
3251 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
3252 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
3253 **
3254 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
3255 ** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
3256 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
3257 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
3258 **
3259 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
3260 **
3261 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
3262 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
3263 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
3264 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
3265 ** other connection.
3266 */
3267 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
3268   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3269   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3270   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3271 
3272   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
3273     int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
3274     Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
3275 
3276     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
3277     if( rc ) return rc;
3278     if( nPage==0 ){
3279       rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
3280       if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
3281       isWal = 0;
3282     }else{
3283       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
3284           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
3285       );
3286     }
3287     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3288       if( isWal ){
3289         testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
3290         rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
3291       }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
3292         pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
3293       }
3294     }
3295   }
3296   return rc;
3297 }
3298 #endif
3299 
3300 /*
3301 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
3302 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
3303 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
3304 ** savepoint.
3305 **
3306 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
3307 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
3308 ** performed in the order specified:
3309 **
3310 **   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
3311 **     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
3312 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
3313 **     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
3314 **
3315 **   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
3316 **     back starting from the journal header immediately following
3317 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
3318 **
3319 **   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
3320 **     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
3321 **     the journal file.
3322 **
3323 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
3324 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
3325 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
3326 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
3327 **
3328 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
3329 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
3330 **
3331 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
3332 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
3333 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
3334 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
3335 */
3336 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
3337   i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
3338   i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
3339   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
3340   Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
3341 
3342   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
3343   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
3344 
3345   /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
3346   if( pSavepoint ){
3347     pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
3348     if( !pDone ){
3349       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3350     }
3351   }
3352 
3353   /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
3354   ** being reverted was opened.
3355   */
3356   pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
3357   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
3358 
3359   if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3360     return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
3361   }
3362 
3363   /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
3364   ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
3365   ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
3366   ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
3367   */
3368   szJ = pPager->journalOff;
3369   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
3370 
3371   /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
3372   ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
3373   ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
3374   ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
3375   ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
3376   ** are played back.
3377   */
3378   if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3379     iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
3380     pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
3381     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
3382       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3383     }
3384     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3385   }else{
3386     pPager->journalOff = 0;
3387   }
3388 
3389   /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
3390   ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
3391   ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
3392   ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
3393   */
3394   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
3395     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3396     u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
3397     u32 dummy;
3398     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
3399     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3400 
3401     /*
3402     ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
3403     ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
3404     ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
3405     */
3406     if( nJRec==0
3407      && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
3408     ){
3409       nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
3410     }
3411     for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
3412       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3413     }
3414     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3415   }
3416   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
3417 
3418   /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
3419   ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
3420   ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
3421   */
3422   if( pSavepoint ){
3423     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3424     i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
3425 
3426     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3427       rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
3428     }
3429     for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
3430       assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
3431       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
3432     }
3433     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3434   }
3435 
3436   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
3437   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3438     pPager->journalOff = szJ;
3439   }
3440 
3441   return rc;
3442 }
3443 
3444 /*
3445 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3446 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages.
3447 */
3448 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3449   sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3450 }
3451 
3452 /*
3453 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3454 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal.
3455 */
3456 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3457   return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3458 }
3459 
3460 /*
3461 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
3462 */
3463 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
3464 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3465   sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
3466   if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
3467     sqlite3_int64 sz;
3468     sz = pPager->szMmap;
3469     pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
3470     setGetterMethod(pPager);
3471     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
3472   }
3473 #endif
3474 }
3475 
3476 /*
3477 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
3478 */
3479 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
3480   pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
3481   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3482 }
3483 
3484 /*
3485 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
3486 */
3487 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
3488   sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
3489 }
3490 
3491 /*
3492 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
3493 **
3494 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
3495 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
3496 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
3497 ** There are four levels:
3498 **
3499 **    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
3500 **              for temporary and transient files.
3501 **
3502 **    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
3503 **              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
3504 **              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
3505 **              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
3506 **              in a state which would cause damage to the database
3507 **              when it is rolled back.
3508 **
3509 **    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
3510 **              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
3511 **              of the journal header - being written in between the two
3512 **              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
3513 **              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
3514 **              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
3515 **              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
3516 **
3517 **    EXTRA     This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory
3518 **              that contains the rollback journal after the rollback
3519 **              journal is unlinked.
3520 **
3521 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
3522 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
3523 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
3524 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
3525 ** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
3526 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
3527 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
3528 ** syncs associated with NORMAL.  There is no difference between FULL
3529 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode.
3530 **
3531 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
3532 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
3533 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
3534 ** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
3535 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
3536 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
3537 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
3538 **
3539 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
3540 ** and FULL=3.
3541 */
3542 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
3543 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
3544   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
3545   unsigned pgFlags      /* Various flags */
3546 ){
3547   unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
3548   if( pPager->tempFile ){
3549     pPager->noSync = 1;
3550     pPager->fullSync = 0;
3551     pPager->extraSync = 0;
3552   }else{
3553     pPager->noSync =  level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0;
3554     pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0;
3555     pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0;
3556   }
3557   if( pPager->noSync ){
3558     pPager->syncFlags = 0;
3559     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0;
3560   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
3561     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3562     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3563   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ){
3564     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3565     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3566   }else{
3567     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3568     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3569   }
3570   pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags;
3571   if( pPager->fullSync ){
3572     pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
3573   }
3574   if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
3575     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3576   }else{
3577     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3578   }
3579 }
3580 #endif
3581 
3582 /*
3583 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
3584 ** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
3585 ** testing and analysis only.
3586 */
3587 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3588 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
3589 #endif
3590 
3591 /*
3592 ** Open a temporary file.
3593 **
3594 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
3595 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
3596 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
3597 **
3598 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
3599 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
3600 **
3601 **     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
3602 **     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
3603 **     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
3604 **     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
3605 */
3606 static int pagerOpentemp(
3607   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
3608   sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
3609   int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
3610 ){
3611   int rc;               /* Return code */
3612 
3613 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3614   sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
3615 #endif
3616 
3617   vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
3618             SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
3619   rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
3620   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
3621   return rc;
3622 }
3623 
3624 /*
3625 ** Set the busy handler function.
3626 **
3627 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
3628 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
3629 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
3630 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
3631 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
3632 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
3633 **
3634 **   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
3635 **   --------------------------------------------------------
3636 **   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
3637 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
3638 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
3639 **   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
3640 **
3641 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
3642 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
3643 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
3644 */
3645 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(
3646   Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
3647   int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
3648   void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
3649 ){
3650   pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
3651   pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
3652 
3653   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3654     void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
3655     assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
3656     assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
3657     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
3658   }
3659 }
3660 
3661 /*
3662 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
3663 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
3664 **
3665 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
3666 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
3667 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
3668 **
3669 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
3670 **
3671 **   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
3672 **     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
3673 **
3674 **   * there are no outstanding page references, and
3675 **
3676 **   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
3677 **     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
3678 **
3679 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
3680 **
3681 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
3682 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
3683 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
3684 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3685 **
3686 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
3687 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
3688 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
3689 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
3690 */
3691 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
3692   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3693 
3694   /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
3695   ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
3696   ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
3697   **
3698   ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
3699   ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
3700   ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
3701   ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
3702   */
3703 
3704   u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
3705   assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
3706   if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
3707    && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
3708    && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
3709   ){
3710     char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
3711     i64 nByte = 0;
3712 
3713     if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3714       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
3715     }
3716     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3717       pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
3718       if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3719     }
3720 
3721     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3722       pager_reset(pPager);
3723       rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
3724     }
3725     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3726       sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
3727       pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
3728       pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
3729       pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
3730     }else{
3731       sqlite3PageFree(pNew);
3732     }
3733   }
3734 
3735   *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
3736   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3737     if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
3738     assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
3739     pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
3740     pagerReportSize(pPager);
3741     pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3742   }
3743   return rc;
3744 }
3745 
3746 /*
3747 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
3748 ** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
3749 ** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
3750 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
3751 ** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
3752 ** no rollbacks are happening.
3753 */
3754 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
3755   return pPager->pTmpSpace;
3756 }
3757 
3758 /*
3759 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
3760 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
3761 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
3762 **
3763 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
3764 */
3765 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3766   if( mxPage>0 ){
3767     pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
3768   }
3769   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
3770   assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize );  /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */
3771   return pPager->mxPgno;
3772 }
3773 
3774 /*
3775 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
3776 ** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
3777 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
3778 **
3779 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
3780 ** and generate no code.
3781 */
3782 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3783 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3784 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
3785 static int saved_cnt;
3786 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3787   saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3788   sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
3789 }
3790 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3791   sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
3792 }
3793 #else
3794 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
3795 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
3796 #endif
3797 
3798 /*
3799 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
3800 ** that pDest points to.
3801 **
3802 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
3803 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
3804 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
3805 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
3806 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
3807 **
3808 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
3809 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
3810 ** output buffer undefined.
3811 */
3812 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
3813   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3814   memset(pDest, 0, N);
3815   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3816 
3817   /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
3818   ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
3819   ** to WAL mode yet.
3820   */
3821   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3822 
3823   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3824     IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
3825     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
3826     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3827       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3828     }
3829   }
3830   return rc;
3831 }
3832 
3833 /*
3834 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
3835 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
3836 **
3837 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
3838 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
3839 */
3840 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
3841   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
3842   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
3843   *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
3844 }
3845 
3846 
3847 /*
3848 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
3849 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
3850 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
3851 **
3852 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
3853 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
3854 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
3855 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
3856 **
3857 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
3858 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
3859 ** variable to locktype before returning.
3860 */
3861 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
3862   int rc;                              /* Return code */
3863 
3864   /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
3865   ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
3866   ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
3867   ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
3868   */
3869   assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
3870        || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
3871        || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
3872   );
3873 
3874   do {
3875     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
3876   }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
3877   return rc;
3878 }
3879 
3880 /*
3881 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
3882 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
3883 **
3884 **   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
3885 **      current database image, in pages, OR
3886 **
3887 **   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
3888 **      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
3889 **      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
3890 **
3891 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
3892 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
3893 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
3894 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
3895 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
3896 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
3897 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
3898 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
3899 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
3900 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
3901 */
3902 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
3903 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
3904   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
3905   assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
3906 }
3907 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
3908   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
3909 }
3910 #else
3911 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
3912 #endif
3913 
3914 /*
3915 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
3916 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
3917 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
3918 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
3919 **
3920 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
3921 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
3922 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
3923 ** then continue writing to the database.
3924 */
3925 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
3926   assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
3927   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
3928   pPager->dbSize = nPage;
3929 
3930   /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
3931   ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
3932   ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
3933   ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
3934   ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
3935   ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
3936   ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
3937   ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
3938   ** is no longer correct. */
3939 }
3940 
3941 
3942 /*
3943 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
3944 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
3945 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
3946 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
3947 **
3948 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
3949 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
3950 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
3951 ** content as this process.
3952 **
3953 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
3954 ** an SQLite error code.
3955 */
3956 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
3957   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3958   if( !pPager->noSync ){
3959     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
3960   }
3961   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3962     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
3963   }
3964   return rc;
3965 }
3966 
3967 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3968 /*
3969 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
3970 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
3971 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
3972 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
3973 ** *ppPage to zero.
3974 **
3975 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
3976 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
3977 */
3978 static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
3979   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3980   Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number */
3981   void *pData,                    /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
3982   PgHdr **ppPage                  /* OUT: Acquired page object */
3983 ){
3984   PgHdr *p;                       /* Memory mapped page to return */
3985 
3986   if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
3987     *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
3988     pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
3989     p->pDirty = 0;
3990     assert( pPager->nExtra>=8 );
3991     memset(p->pExtra, 0, 8);
3992   }else{
3993     *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
3994     if( p==0 ){
3995       sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
3996       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3997     }
3998     p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
3999     p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
4000     p->nRef = 1;
4001     p->pPager = pPager;
4002   }
4003 
4004   assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
4005   assert( p->pPage==0 );
4006   assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
4007   assert( p->pPager==pPager );
4008   assert( p->nRef==1 );
4009 
4010   p->pgno = pgno;
4011   p->pData = pData;
4012   pPager->nMmapOut++;
4013 
4014   return SQLITE_OK;
4015 }
4016 #endif
4017 
4018 /*
4019 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
4020 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
4021 */
4022 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4023   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4024   pPager->nMmapOut--;
4025   pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
4026   pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
4027 
4028   assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
4029   sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
4030 }
4031 
4032 /*
4033 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
4034 */
4035 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
4036   PgHdr *p;
4037   PgHdr *pNext;
4038   for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
4039     pNext = p->pDirty;
4040     sqlite3_free(p);
4041   }
4042 }
4043 
4044 
4045 /*
4046 ** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
4047 **
4048 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
4049 ** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
4050 ** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
4051 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
4052 ** result in a coredump.
4053 **
4054 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
4055 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
4056 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
4057 ** to the caller.
4058 */
4059 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
4060   u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;
4061 
4062   assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
4063   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4064   disable_simulated_io_errors();
4065   sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4066   pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
4067   /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
4068   pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
4069 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4070   assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 );
4071   sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize,
4072       (db && (db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose) ? 0 : pTmp)
4073   );
4074   pPager->pWal = 0;
4075 #endif
4076   pager_reset(pPager);
4077   if( MEMDB ){
4078     pager_unlock(pPager);
4079   }else{
4080     /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
4081     ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
4082     ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
4083     ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
4084     **
4085     ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
4086     ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
4087     ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
4088     ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
4089     ** rollback before accessing the database file.
4090     */
4091     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
4092       pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
4093     }
4094     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
4095   }
4096   sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4097   enable_simulated_io_errors();
4098   PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4099   IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
4100   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4101   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4102   sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
4103   sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
4104 
4105 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
4106   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
4107 #endif
4108 
4109   assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
4110   assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
4111 
4112   sqlite3_free(pPager);
4113   return SQLITE_OK;
4114 }
4115 
4116 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
4117 /*
4118 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
4119 */
4120 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
4121   return pPg->pgno;
4122 }
4123 #endif
4124 
4125 /*
4126 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
4127 */
4128 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
4129   sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
4130 }
4131 
4132 /*
4133 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
4134 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
4135 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
4136 **
4137 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
4138 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
4139 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
4140 **
4141 **   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
4142 **     be taken.
4143 **
4144 **   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
4145 **     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
4146 **     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
4147 **     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
4148 **     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
4149 **
4150 **   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
4151 **     journal file is synced.
4152 **
4153 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
4154 **
4155 **   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
4156 **     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
4157 **       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
4158 **       <update nRec field>
4159 **     }
4160 **     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
4161 **   }
4162 **
4163 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
4164 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
4165 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
4166 */
4167 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
4168   int rc;                         /* Return code */
4169 
4170   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4171        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
4172   );
4173   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4174   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4175 
4176   rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
4177   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4178 
4179   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4180     assert( !pPager->tempFile );
4181     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
4182       const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4183       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
4184 
4185       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4186         /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
4187         ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
4188         ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
4189         ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
4190         ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
4191         ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
4192         ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
4193         ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
4194         ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
4195         ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
4196         ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
4197         ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
4198         **
4199         ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
4200         ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
4201         ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
4202         **
4203         ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
4204         ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
4205         ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
4206         ** the potential journal header.
4207         */
4208         i64 iNextHdrOffset;
4209         u8 aMagic[8];
4210         u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
4211 
4212         memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
4213         put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
4214 
4215         iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
4216         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
4217         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
4218           static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
4219           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
4220         }
4221         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4222           return rc;
4223         }
4224 
4225         /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
4226         ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
4227         ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
4228         ** it as a candidate for rollback.
4229         **
4230         ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
4231         ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
4232         ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
4233         ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
4234         ** and never needs to be updated.
4235         */
4236         if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4237           PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4238           IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4239           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
4240           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4241         }
4242         IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
4243         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
4244             pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
4245         );
4246         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4247       }
4248       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4249         PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4250         IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4251         rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
4252           (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
4253         );
4254         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4255       }
4256 
4257       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4258       if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4259         pPager->nRec = 0;
4260         rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
4261         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4262       }
4263     }else{
4264       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4265     }
4266   }
4267 
4268   /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
4269   ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
4270   ** all pages.
4271   */
4272   sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
4273   pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
4274   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4275   return SQLITE_OK;
4276 }
4277 
4278 /*
4279 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
4280 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
4281 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
4282 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
4283 ** a no-op.
4284 **
4285 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
4286 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
4287 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
4288 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
4289 **
4290 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
4291 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
4292 ** written out.
4293 **
4294 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
4295 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
4296 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
4297 **
4298 **   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
4299 **   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
4300 **
4301 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
4302 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
4303 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
4304 ** the database file.
4305 **
4306 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4307 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
4308 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
4309 */
4310 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
4311   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
4312 
4313   /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
4314   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4315   assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
4316   assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
4317   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 );
4318 
4319   /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
4320   ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
4321   ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
4322   */
4323   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
4324     assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
4325     rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
4326   }
4327 
4328   /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
4329   ** file size will be.
4330   */
4331   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4332   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
4333    && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
4334    && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
4335   ){
4336     sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
4337     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
4338     pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
4339   }
4340 
4341   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4342     Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
4343 
4344     /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
4345     ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
4346     ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
4347     ** any such pages to the file.
4348     **
4349     ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
4350     ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
4351     */
4352     if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
4353       i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
4354       char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */
4355 
4356       assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4357       if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
4358 
4359       /* Encode the database */
4360       CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData);
4361 
4362       /* Write out the page data. */
4363       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
4364 
4365       /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
4366       ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
4367       ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
4368       */
4369       if( pgno==1 ){
4370         memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
4371       }
4372       if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
4373         pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
4374       }
4375       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
4376 
4377       /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
4378       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
4379 
4380       PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
4381                    PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
4382       IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
4383       PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
4384     }else{
4385       PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
4386     }
4387     pager_set_pagehash(pList);
4388     pList = pList->pDirty;
4389   }
4390 
4391   return rc;
4392 }
4393 
4394 /*
4395 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
4396 ** function is a no-op.
4397 **
4398 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
4399 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
4400 ** fails.
4401 */
4402 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
4403   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4404   if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
4405     const int flags =  SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
4406       | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
4407       | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
4408     int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
4409     if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
4410       nStmtSpill = -1;
4411     }
4412     rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill);
4413   }
4414   return rc;
4415 }
4416 
4417 /*
4418 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
4419 **
4420 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
4421 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
4422 **
4423 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
4424 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
4425 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
4426 ** bitvec.
4427 */
4428 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4429   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4430   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4431   if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
4432 
4433     /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
4434     assert( pPager->useJournal );
4435     assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4436     assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
4437     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
4438          || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg)
4439          || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
4440     );
4441     rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
4442 
4443     /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
4444     ** write the journal record into the file.  */
4445     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4446       void *pData = pPg->pData;
4447       i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
4448       char *pData2;
4449 
4450       CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
4451       PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4452       rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
4453       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4454         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
4455       }
4456     }
4457   }
4458   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4459     pPager->nSubRec++;
4460     assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
4461     rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
4462   }
4463   return rc;
4464 }
4465 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){
4466   if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
4467     return subjournalPage(pPg);
4468   }else{
4469     return SQLITE_OK;
4470   }
4471 }
4472 
4473 /*
4474 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
4475 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
4476 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
4477 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
4478 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
4479 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
4480 ** argument.
4481 **
4482 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
4483 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
4484 ** journal file.
4485 **
4486 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
4487 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
4488 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
4489 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
4490 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
4491 */
4492 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
4493   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
4494   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4495 
4496   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
4497   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
4498 
4499   /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
4500   ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
4501   ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
4502   ** pages belonging to the same sector.
4503   **
4504   ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
4505   ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
4506   ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
4507   **
4508   ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
4509   ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementation it
4510   ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
4511   ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
4512   ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
4513   ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
4514   */
4515   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
4516   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
4517   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
4518   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC );
4519   if( pPager->doNotSpill
4520    && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
4521       || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
4522   ){
4523     return SQLITE_OK;
4524   }
4525 
4526   pPg->pDirty = 0;
4527   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
4528     /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
4529     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
4530     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4531       rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
4532     }
4533   }else{
4534 
4535     /* Sync the journal file if required. */
4536     if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
4537      || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4538     ){
4539       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
4540     }
4541 
4542     /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
4543     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4544       assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4545       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
4546     }
4547   }
4548 
4549   /* Mark the page as clean. */
4550   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4551     PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4552     sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
4553   }
4554 
4555   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4556 }
4557 
4558 /*
4559 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk.
4560 */
4561 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){
4562   int rc = pPager->errCode;
4563   if( !MEMDB ){
4564     PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
4565     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4566     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4567       PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
4568       if( pList->nRef==0 ){
4569         rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList);
4570       }
4571       pList = pNext;
4572     }
4573   }
4574 
4575   return rc;
4576 }
4577 
4578 /*
4579 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
4580 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
4581 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
4582 **
4583 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
4584 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
4585 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
4586 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
4587 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
4588 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
4589 **
4590 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
4591 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
4592 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.  When a new page is allocated, the
4593 ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized.
4594 ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.)
4595 **
4596 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
4597 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
4598 ** of the PAGER_* flags.
4599 **
4600 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
4601 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
4602 **
4603 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
4604 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
4605 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
4606 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
4607 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
4608 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
4609 */
4610 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
4611   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
4612   Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
4613   const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
4614   int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
4615   int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
4616   int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
4617   void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
4618 ){
4619   u8 *pPtr;
4620   Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
4621   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
4622   int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
4623   int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
4624   int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
4625   int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
4626   char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
4627   int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
4628   int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
4629   int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
4630   u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
4631   const char *zUri = 0;    /* URI args to copy */
4632   int nUri = 0;            /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
4633 
4634   /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
4635   ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal).  */
4636   journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
4637 
4638   /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
4639   *ppPager = 0;
4640 
4641 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
4642   if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
4643     memDb = 1;
4644     if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4645       zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
4646       if( zPathname==0  ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4647       nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4648       zFilename = 0;
4649     }
4650   }
4651 #endif
4652 
4653   /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
4654   ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
4655   ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
4656   */
4657   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4658     const char *z;
4659     nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
4660     zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
4661     if( zPathname==0 ){
4662       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4663     }
4664     zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
4665     rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
4666     nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4667     z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
4668     while( *z ){
4669       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4670       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4671     }
4672     nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
4673     assert( nUri>=0 );
4674     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
4675       /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
4676       ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
4677       ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
4678       ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
4679       ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
4680       */
4681       rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
4682     }
4683     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4684       sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4685       return rc;
4686     }
4687   }
4688 
4689   /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
4690   ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
4691   ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
4692   **
4693   **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
4694   **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
4695   **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
4696   **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
4697   **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
4698   **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
4699   **     Journal file name               (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
4700   */
4701   pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
4702     ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +      /* Pager structure */
4703     ROUND8(pcacheSize) +           /* PCache object */
4704     ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +       /* The main db file */
4705     journalFileSize * 2 +          /* The two journal files */
4706     nPathname + 1 + nUri +         /* zFilename */
4707     nPathname + 8 + 2              /* zJournal */
4708 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4709     + nPathname + 4 + 2            /* zWal */
4710 #endif
4711   );
4712   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
4713   if( !pPtr ){
4714     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4715     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4716   }
4717   pPager =              (Pager*)(pPtr);
4718   pPager->pPCache =    (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
4719   pPager->fd =   (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
4720   pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
4721   pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4722   pPager->zFilename =    (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4723   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
4724 
4725   /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
4726   if( zPathname ){
4727     assert( nPathname>0 );
4728     pPager->zJournal =   (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri);
4729     memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
4730     if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri);
4731     memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
4732     memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2);
4733     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal);
4734 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4735     pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1];
4736     memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
4737     memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1);
4738     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal);
4739 #endif
4740     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4741   }
4742   pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
4743   pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
4744 
4745   /* Open the pager file.
4746   */
4747   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4748     int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
4749     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
4750     assert( !memDb );
4751     readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4752 
4753     /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
4754     ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
4755     ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
4756     **
4757     **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
4758     **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
4759     **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
4760     */
4761     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4762       int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4763       if( !readOnly ){
4764         setSectorSize(pPager);
4765         assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
4766         if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
4767           if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
4768             szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
4769           }else{
4770             szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
4771           }
4772         }
4773 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
4774         {
4775           int ii;
4776           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
4777           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
4778           assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
4779           for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
4780             if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
4781               szPageDflt = ii;
4782             }
4783           }
4784         }
4785 #endif
4786       }
4787       pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0);
4788       if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0
4789        || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){
4790           vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
4791           goto act_like_temp_file;
4792       }
4793     }
4794   }else{
4795     /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
4796     ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
4797     ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
4798     **
4799     ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
4800     ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
4801     ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
4802     **
4803     ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
4804     */
4805 act_like_temp_file:
4806     tempFile = 1;
4807     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;     /* Pretend we already have a lock */
4808     pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;    /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */
4809     pPager->noLock = 1;                /* Do no locking */
4810     readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4811   }
4812 
4813   /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
4814   ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
4815   */
4816   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4817     assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
4818     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
4819     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
4820   }
4821 
4822   /* Initialize the PCache object. */
4823   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4824     nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
4825     assert( nExtra>=8 && nExtra<1000 );
4826     rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
4827                        !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
4828   }
4829 
4830   /* If an error occurred above, free the  Pager structure and close the file.
4831   */
4832   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4833     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4834     sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
4835     sqlite3_free(pPager);
4836     return rc;
4837   }
4838 
4839   PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
4840   IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
4841 
4842   pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
4843   /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
4844   /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
4845   /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
4846   /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
4847   /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
4848   /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
4849   pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
4850   /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
4851   /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
4852   pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
4853   assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
4854           || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
4855   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
4856   pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
4857   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
4858   pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
4859   pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
4860   assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
4861   pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
4862   if( pPager->noSync ){
4863     assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
4864     assert( pPager->extraSync==0 );
4865     assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
4866     assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
4867     assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 );
4868   }else{
4869     pPager->fullSync = 1;
4870     pPager->extraSync = 0;
4871     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4872     pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
4873     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4874   }
4875   /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
4876   /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
4877   /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
4878   pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
4879   pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
4880   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
4881   setSectorSize(pPager);
4882   if( !useJournal ){
4883     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
4884   }else if( memDb ){
4885     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
4886   }
4887   /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
4888   /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
4889   pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
4890   setGetterMethod(pPager);
4891   /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
4892   /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
4893 
4894   *ppPager = pPager;
4895   return SQLITE_OK;
4896 }
4897 
4898 
4899 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
4900 ** under the pager.  Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought
4901 ** to be on disk.  Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
4902 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
4903 */
4904 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
4905   int bHasMoved = 0;
4906   int rc;
4907 
4908   if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
4909   if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
4910   assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
4911   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
4912   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
4913     /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
4914     ** has not been moved.  That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
4915     ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
4916     rc = SQLITE_OK;
4917   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
4918     rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
4919   }
4920   return rc;
4921 }
4922 
4923 
4924 /*
4925 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
4926 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
4927 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
4928 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
4929 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
4930 **
4931 **   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
4932 **   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
4933 **   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
4934 **   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
4935 **
4936 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
4937 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
4938 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
4939 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
4940 ** is returned.
4941 **
4942 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
4943 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
4944 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
4945 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
4946 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
4947 ** will not roll it back.
4948 **
4949 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
4950 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
4951 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
4952 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
4953 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
4954 */
4955 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
4956   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
4957   int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
4958   int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
4959   int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
4960 
4961   assert( pPager->useJournal );
4962   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4963   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
4964 
4965   assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
4966     SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
4967   ));
4968 
4969   *pExists = 0;
4970   if( !jrnlOpen ){
4971     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
4972   }
4973   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
4974     int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
4975 
4976     /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
4977     ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
4978     ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
4979     ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
4980     ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
4981     ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
4982     ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
4983     */
4984     rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
4985     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
4986       Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
4987 
4988       assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
4989       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
4990       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4991         /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
4992         ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
4993         ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
4994         ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
4995         ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted.  However, take care
4996         ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
4997         ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
4998         */
4999         if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){
5000           sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5001           if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
5002             sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
5003             if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5004           }
5005           sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5006         }else{
5007           /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
5008           ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
5009           ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
5010           ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
5011           ** it can be ignored.
5012           */
5013           if( !jrnlOpen ){
5014             int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5015             rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
5016           }
5017           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5018             u8 first = 0;
5019             rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
5020             if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5021               rc = SQLITE_OK;
5022             }
5023             if( !jrnlOpen ){
5024               sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5025             }
5026             *pExists = (first!=0);
5027           }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
5028             /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
5029             ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
5030             ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
5031             ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
5032             ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
5033             ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
5034             ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
5035             ** worry so much with race conditions.
5036             */
5037             *pExists = 1;
5038             rc = SQLITE_OK;
5039           }
5040         }
5041       }
5042     }
5043   }
5044 
5045   return rc;
5046 }
5047 
5048 /*
5049 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
5050 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function
5051 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
5052 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
5053 **
5054 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
5055 **
5056 **   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
5057 **      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
5058 **      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
5059 **      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
5060 **      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
5061 **      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
5062 **      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
5063 **      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
5064 **
5065 **   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
5066 **      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
5067 **      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
5068 **      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
5069 **      file.
5070 **
5071 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
5072 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
5073 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
5074 */
5075 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
5076   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
5077 
5078   /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
5079   ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
5080   ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
5081   ** exclusive access mode.  */
5082   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
5083   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5084   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5085   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5086 
5087   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
5088     int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
5089 
5090     assert( !MEMDB );
5091     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
5092 
5093     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5094     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5095       assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
5096       goto failed;
5097     }
5098 
5099     /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
5100     ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
5101     */
5102     if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
5103       rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
5104     }
5105     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5106       goto failed;
5107     }
5108     if( bHotJournal ){
5109       if( pPager->readOnly ){
5110         rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
5111         goto failed;
5112       }
5113 
5114       /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
5115       ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
5116       ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
5117       ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
5118       ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
5119       ** hot-journal back.
5120       **
5121       ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
5122       ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
5123       ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
5124       ** on the database file.
5125       **
5126       ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
5127       ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
5128       */
5129       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5130       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5131         goto failed;
5132       }
5133 
5134       /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
5135       ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
5136       ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
5137       ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
5138       ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
5139       ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
5140       **
5141       ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
5142       ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
5143       ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
5144       ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
5145       ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
5146       */
5147       if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5148         sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5149         int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
5150         rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
5151             pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
5152         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
5153           int fout = 0;
5154           int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5155           assert( !pPager->tempFile );
5156           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
5157           assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5158           if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
5159             rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
5160             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5161           }
5162         }
5163       }
5164 
5165       /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
5166       ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
5167       ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
5168       ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
5169       ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
5170       ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
5171       ** the journal before playing it back.
5172       */
5173       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5174         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5175         rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
5176         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5177           rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile);
5178           pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
5179         }
5180       }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
5181         pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5182       }
5183 
5184       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5185         /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
5186         ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5187         ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
5188         ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
5189         ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
5190         ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
5191         **
5192         ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
5193         ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
5194         ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
5195         ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
5196         ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
5197         ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
5198         ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
5199         ** references.
5200         */
5201         pager_error(pPager, rc);
5202         goto failed;
5203       }
5204 
5205       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5206       assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
5207            || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
5208       );
5209     }
5210 
5211     if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){
5212       /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to
5213       ** see if the database has been modified.  If the database has changed,
5214       ** flush the cache.  The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from
5215       ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a
5216       ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up.
5217       **
5218       ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
5219       ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
5220       ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
5221       ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
5222       ** a codec is in use.
5223       **
5224       ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
5225       ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
5226       ** it can be neglected.
5227       */
5228       Pgno nPage = 0;
5229       char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
5230 
5231       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
5232       if( rc ) goto failed;
5233 
5234       if( nPage>0 ){
5235         IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
5236         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
5237         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5238           goto failed;
5239         }
5240       }else{
5241         memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
5242       }
5243 
5244       if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
5245         pager_reset(pPager);
5246 
5247         /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
5248         ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
5249         ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
5250         ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
5251         ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
5252         ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
5253         if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
5254           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
5255         }
5256       }
5257     }
5258 
5259     /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
5260     ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
5261     */
5262     rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
5263 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
5264     assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5265 #endif
5266   }
5267 
5268   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5269     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5270     rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
5271   }
5272 
5273   if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5274     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
5275   }
5276 
5277  failed:
5278   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5279     assert( !MEMDB );
5280     pager_unlock(pPager);
5281     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5282   }else{
5283     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
5284     pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1;
5285   }
5286   return rc;
5287 }
5288 
5289 /*
5290 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
5291 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
5292 **
5293 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
5294 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
5295 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
5296 */
5297 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
5298   if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){
5299     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
5300   }
5301 }
5302 
5303 /*
5304 ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a
5305 ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is
5306 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
5307 **
5308 ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending
5309 ** on the current state of the pager.
5310 **
5311 **     getPageNormal()         --  The normal getter
5312 **     getPageError()          --  Used if the pager is in an error state
5313 **     getPageMmap()           --  Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled
5314 **
5315 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
5316 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
5317 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
5318 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
5319 ** object with no outstanding references.
5320 **
5321 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
5322 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
5323 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
5324 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
5325 **
5326 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if
5327 ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the
5328 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
5329 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
5330 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
5331 **
5332 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about
5333 ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
5334 **
5335 **   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
5336 **
5337 **   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
5338 **      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
5339 **      from the savepoint journal.
5340 **
5341 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead
5342 ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
5343 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
5344 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
5345 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
5346 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
5347 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
5348 **
5349 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
5350 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
5351 **
5352 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
5353 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
5354 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
5355 ** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
5356 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
5357 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
5358 ** or journal files.
5359 */
5360 static int getPageNormal(
5361   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5362   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5363   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5364   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5365 ){
5366   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5367   PgHdr *pPg;
5368   u8 noContent;                   /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */
5369   sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase;
5370 
5371   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5372   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5373   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5374   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5375 
5376   if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5377   pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3);
5378   if( pBase==0 ){
5379     pPg = 0;
5380     rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase);
5381     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5382     if( pBase==0 ){
5383       rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5384       goto pager_acquire_err;
5385     }
5386   }
5387   pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase);
5388   assert( pPg==(*ppPage) );
5389   assert( pPg->pgno==pgno );
5390   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 );
5391 
5392   noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT)!=0;
5393   if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){
5394     /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
5395     ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
5396     assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5397     pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
5398     return SQLITE_OK;
5399 
5400   }else{
5401     /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
5402     ** be initialized. But first some error checks:
5403     **
5404     ** (1) The maximum page number is 2^31
5405     ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page
5406     */
5407     if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5408       rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5409       goto pager_acquire_err;
5410     }
5411 
5412     pPg->pPager = pPager;
5413 
5414     assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB );
5415     if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){
5416       if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
5417         rc = SQLITE_FULL;
5418         goto pager_acquire_err;
5419       }
5420       if( noContent ){
5421         /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
5422         ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
5423         ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure
5424         ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
5425         ** a bit in a bit vector.
5426         */
5427         sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5428         if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5429           TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
5430           testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5431         }
5432         TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
5433         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5434         sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5435       }
5436       memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
5437       IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
5438     }else{
5439       u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5440       if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5441         rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5442         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5443       }
5444       assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
5445       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
5446       rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
5447       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5448         goto pager_acquire_err;
5449       }
5450     }
5451     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5452   }
5453   return SQLITE_OK;
5454 
5455 pager_acquire_err:
5456   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
5457   if( pPg ){
5458     sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
5459   }
5460   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5461   *ppPage = 0;
5462   return rc;
5463 }
5464 
5465 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
5466 /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */
5467 static int getPageMMap(
5468   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5469   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5470   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5471   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5472 ){
5473   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5474   PgHdr *pPg = 0;
5475   u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5476 
5477   /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
5478   ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
5479   ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
5480   ** temporary or in-memory database.  */
5481   const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1
5482    && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
5483   );
5484 
5485   assert( USEFETCH(pPager) );
5486 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
5487   assert( pPager->xCodec==0 );
5488 #endif
5489 
5490   /* Optimization note:  Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here
5491   ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1"
5492   ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the
5493   ** common case where pgno is large. */
5494   if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){
5495     return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5496   }
5497   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5498   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5499   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5500   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5501 
5502   if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5503     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5504     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5505       *ppPage = 0;
5506       return rc;
5507     }
5508   }
5509   if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
5510     void *pData = 0;
5511     rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd,
5512         (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
5513     );
5514     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
5515       if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){
5516         pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
5517       }
5518       if( pPg==0 ){
5519         rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
5520      }else{
5521         sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
5522       }
5523       if( pPg ){
5524         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5525         *ppPage = pPg;
5526         return SQLITE_OK;
5527       }
5528     }
5529     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5530       *ppPage = 0;
5531       return rc;
5532     }
5533   }
5534   return getPageNormal(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5535 }
5536 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
5537 
5538 /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */
5539 static int getPageError(
5540   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5541   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5542   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5543   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5544 ){
5545   UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno);
5546   UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags);
5547   assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
5548   *ppPage = 0;
5549   return pPager->errCode;
5550 }
5551 
5552 
5553 /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method.
5554 */
5555 int sqlite3PagerGet(
5556   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5557   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5558   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5559   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5560 ){
5561   return pPager->xGet(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5562 }
5563 
5564 /*
5565 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
5566 ** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
5567 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
5568 **
5569 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
5570 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
5571 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
5572 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
5573 ** has ever happened.
5574 */
5575 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
5576   sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
5577   assert( pPager!=0 );
5578   assert( pgno!=0 );
5579   assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
5580   pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0);
5581   assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock );
5582   if( pPage==0 ) return 0;
5583   return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage);
5584 }
5585 
5586 /*
5587 ** Release a page reference.
5588 **
5589 ** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
5590 ** page is added to the LRU list.  When all references to all pages
5591 ** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
5592 ** removed.
5593 */
5594 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
5595   Pager *pPager;
5596   assert( pPg!=0 );
5597   pPager = pPg->pPager;
5598   if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
5599     pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
5600   }else{
5601     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5602   }
5603   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5604 }
5605 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
5606   if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
5607 }
5608 
5609 /*
5610 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
5611 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
5612 ** file when this routine is called.
5613 **
5614 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
5615 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
5616 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
5617 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
5618 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
5619 **
5620 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
5621 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
5622 ** already open file.
5623 **
5624 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
5625 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
5626 **
5627 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
5628 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
5629 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
5630 */
5631 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
5632   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
5633   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
5634 
5635   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5636   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5637   assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5638 
5639   /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
5640   ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
5641   ** an error state. */
5642   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5643 
5644   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
5645     pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
5646     if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
5647       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5648     }
5649 
5650     /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
5651     if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5652       if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
5653         sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
5654       }else{
5655         int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE;
5656         int nSpill;
5657 
5658         if( pPager->tempFile ){
5659           flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL);
5660           nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
5661         }else{
5662           flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5663           nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager);
5664         }
5665 
5666         /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
5667         ** it was originally opened. */
5668         rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
5669         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5670           rc = sqlite3JournalOpen (
5671               pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill
5672           );
5673         }
5674       }
5675       assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5676     }
5677 
5678 
5679     /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
5680     ** the sub-journal if necessary.
5681     */
5682     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5683       /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
5684       pPager->nRec = 0;
5685       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5686       pPager->setMaster = 0;
5687       pPager->journalHdr = 0;
5688       rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
5689     }
5690   }
5691 
5692   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5693     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
5694     pPager->pInJournal = 0;
5695   }else{
5696     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5697     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
5698   }
5699 
5700   return rc;
5701 }
5702 
5703 /*
5704 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
5705 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
5706 **
5707 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
5708 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
5709 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
5710 ** functions need be called.
5711 **
5712 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
5713 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
5714 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
5715 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
5716 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
5717 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
5718 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
5719 */
5720 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
5721   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5722 
5723   if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
5724   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
5725   pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
5726 
5727   if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
5728     assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5729 
5730     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5731       /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
5732       ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
5733       */
5734       if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
5735         rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5736         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5737           return rc;
5738         }
5739         (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
5740       }
5741 
5742       /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
5743       ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
5744       ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
5745       ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
5746       */
5747       rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
5748     }else{
5749       /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
5750       ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5751       ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
5752       ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
5753       */
5754       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
5755       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
5756         rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5757       }
5758     }
5759 
5760     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5761       /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
5762       **
5763       ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
5764       ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
5765       ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
5766       ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
5767       ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
5768       ** WAL mode.
5769       */
5770       pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
5771       pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
5772       pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
5773       pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
5774       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5775     }
5776 
5777     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5778     assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5779     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5780   }
5781 
5782   PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
5783   return rc;
5784 }
5785 
5786 /*
5787 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal.
5788 */
5789 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
5790   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5791   int rc;
5792   u32 cksum;
5793   char *pData2;
5794   i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
5795 
5796   /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
5797   ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
5798   ** that we do not. */
5799   assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5800 
5801   assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
5802   CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
5803   cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
5804 
5805   /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
5806   ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
5807   ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
5808   ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
5809   ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
5810   ** then corruption may follow.
5811   */
5812   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5813 
5814   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
5815   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5816   rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
5817   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5818   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
5819   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5820 
5821   IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
5822            pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
5823   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
5824   PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
5825        PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5826        ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
5827 
5828   pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
5829   pPager->nRec++;
5830   assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
5831   rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
5832   testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5833   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5834   rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
5835   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5836   return rc;
5837 }
5838 
5839 /*
5840 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
5841 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
5842 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
5843 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
5844 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
5845 */
5846 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
5847   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5848   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5849 
5850   /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
5851   ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
5852   ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
5853   */
5854   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5855        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5856        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5857   );
5858   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5859   assert( pPager->errCode==0 );
5860   assert( pPager->readOnly==0 );
5861   CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
5862 
5863   /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
5864   ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
5865   ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
5866   **
5867   ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
5868   ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
5869   ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
5870   ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
5871   */
5872   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
5873     rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
5874     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5875   }
5876   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
5877   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5878 
5879   /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */
5880   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
5881 
5882   /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about
5883   ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off
5884   ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC.
5885   */
5886   assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5887   if( pPager->pInJournal!=0
5888    && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0
5889   ){
5890     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
5891     if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5892       rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg);
5893       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5894         return rc;
5895       }
5896     }else{
5897       if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
5898         pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5899       }
5900       PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
5901               PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5902              ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
5903     }
5904   }
5905 
5906   /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list
5907   ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal.  Wait until now,
5908   ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the
5909   ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
5910   */
5911   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
5912 
5913   /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
5914   ** then write the page into the statement journal.
5915   */
5916   if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){
5917     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
5918   }
5919 
5920   /* Update the database size and return. */
5921   if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
5922     pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
5923   }
5924   return rc;
5925 }
5926 
5927 /*
5928 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
5929 ** is larger than the page size.  SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
5930 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware.  Hence, all bytes of
5931 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
5932 ** a write.
5933 **
5934 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
5935 ** case pages can be individually written.  This routine only runs in the
5936 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
5937 */
5938 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){
5939   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
5940   Pgno nPageCount;             /* Total number of pages in database file */
5941   Pgno pg1;                    /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
5942   int nPage = 0;               /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
5943   int ii;                      /* Loop counter */
5944   int needSync = 0;            /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
5945   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */
5946   Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
5947 
5948   /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
5949   ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
5950   ** this function.
5951   */
5952   assert( !MEMDB );
5953   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
5954   pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
5955 
5956   /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
5957   ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
5958   ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
5959   */
5960   pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
5961 
5962   nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
5963   if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
5964     nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
5965   }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
5966     nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
5967   }else{
5968     nPage = nPagePerSector;
5969   }
5970   assert(nPage>0);
5971   assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
5972   assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
5973 
5974   for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
5975     Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
5976     PgHdr *pPage;
5977     if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
5978       if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5979         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0);
5980         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5981           rc = pager_write(pPage);
5982           if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
5983             needSync = 1;
5984           }
5985           sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
5986         }
5987       }
5988     }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
5989       if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
5990         needSync = 1;
5991       }
5992       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
5993     }
5994   }
5995 
5996   /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
5997   ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
5998   ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
5999   ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
6000   ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
6001   */
6002   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
6003     assert( !MEMDB );
6004     for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
6005       PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
6006       if( pPage ){
6007         pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6008         sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6009       }
6010     }
6011   }
6012 
6013   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
6014   pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6015   return rc;
6016 }
6017 
6018 /*
6019 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
6020 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
6021 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
6022 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
6023 **
6024 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
6025 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
6026 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
6027 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
6028 **
6029 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
6030 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6031 */
6032 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6033   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6034   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
6035   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6036   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6037   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){
6038     if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
6039     return SQLITE_OK;
6040   }else if( pPager->errCode ){
6041     return pPager->errCode;
6042   }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){
6043     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
6044     return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg);
6045   }else{
6046     return pager_write(pPg);
6047   }
6048 }
6049 
6050 /*
6051 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
6052 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
6053 ** to change the content of the page.
6054 */
6055 #ifndef NDEBUG
6056 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
6057   return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6058 }
6059 #endif
6060 
6061 /*
6062 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
6063 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
6064 ** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
6065 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
6066 ** content no longer matters.
6067 **
6068 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
6069 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
6070 ** that it does not get written to disk.
6071 **
6072 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
6073 ** DELETE operations.
6074 **
6075 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may
6076 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if
6077 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need
6078 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the
6079 ** current transaction is rolled back.
6080 */
6081 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6082   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6083   if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
6084     PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
6085     IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
6086     pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
6087     pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6088     testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC );
6089     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
6090   }
6091 }
6092 
6093 /*
6094 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
6095 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
6096 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
6097 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
6098 **
6099 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
6100 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
6101 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
6102 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
6103 **
6104 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
6105 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
6106 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
6107 ** transaction is committed.
6108 **
6109 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
6110 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
6111 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
6112 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
6113 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
6114 */
6115 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
6116   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6117 
6118   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6119        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6120   );
6121   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6122 
6123   /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
6124   ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
6125   ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
6126   ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
6127   **
6128   ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
6129   ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
6130   ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
6131   ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
6132   */
6133 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6134 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
6135   assert( isDirectMode==0 );
6136   UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
6137 #else
6138 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
6139 #endif
6140 
6141   if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
6142     PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
6143 
6144     assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
6145 
6146     /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
6147     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0);
6148     assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
6149 
6150     /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
6151     ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in
6152     ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
6153     ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
6154     */
6155     if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
6156       rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
6157     }
6158 
6159     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6160       /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
6161       pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
6162 
6163       /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
6164       if( DIRECT_MODE ){
6165         const void *zBuf;
6166         assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
6167         CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, zBuf);
6168         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6169           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
6170           pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
6171         }
6172         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6173           /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
6174           ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
6175           ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match).  */
6176           const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
6177           memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
6178           pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6179         }
6180       }else{
6181         pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6182       }
6183     }
6184 
6185     /* Release the page reference. */
6186     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
6187   }
6188   return rc;
6189 }
6190 
6191 /*
6192 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
6193 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
6194 **
6195 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
6196 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
6197 */
6198 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
6199   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6200 
6201   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
6202     void *pArg = (void*)zMaster;
6203     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
6204     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6205   }
6206   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
6207     assert( !MEMDB );
6208     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
6209   }
6210   return rc;
6211 }
6212 
6213 /*
6214 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
6215 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
6216 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
6217 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
6218 **
6219 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
6220 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6221 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
6222 ** returned.
6223 */
6224 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
6225   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6226   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6227   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6228     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6229          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6230          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6231     );
6232     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6233     if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6234       rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
6235     }
6236   }
6237   return rc;
6238 }
6239 
6240 /*
6241 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
6242 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
6243 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
6244 ** journal (a single database transaction).
6245 **
6246 ** This routine ensures that:
6247 **
6248 **   * The database file change-counter is updated,
6249 **   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
6250 **   * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
6251 **   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
6252 **   * the database file synced.
6253 **
6254 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
6255 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
6256 ** delete the master journal file if specified).
6257 **
6258 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
6259 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
6260 **
6261 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
6262 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
6263 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
6264 ** journal file in this case.
6265 */
6266 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
6267   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
6268   const char *zMaster,            /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
6269   int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
6270 ){
6271   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
6272 
6273   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6274        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6275        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6276        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
6277   );
6278   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6279 
6280   /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
6281   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6282 
6283   /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */
6284   if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR;
6285 
6286   PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
6287       pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
6288 
6289   /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
6290   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
6291 
6292   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
6293   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
6294   if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){
6295     /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
6296     ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
6297     ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.  */
6298     sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
6299   }else{
6300     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6301       PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6302       PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
6303       if( pList==0 ){
6304         /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
6305         ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
6306         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0);
6307         pList = pPageOne;
6308         pList->pDirty = 0;
6309       }
6310       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6311       if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
6312         rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
6313       }
6314       sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
6315       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6316         sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6317       }
6318     }else{
6319       /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
6320       ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
6321       ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
6322       ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
6323       **
6324       **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
6325       **      blocks of size page-size, and
6326       **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
6327       **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
6328       **
6329       ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
6330       ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
6331       ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
6332       ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
6333       ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
6334       ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
6335       ** mode.
6336       **
6337       ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
6338       ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
6339       ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
6340       ** created for this transaction.
6341       */
6342   #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6343       PgHdr *pPg;
6344       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6345            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6346            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6347       );
6348       if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6349        && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
6350        && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
6351        && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
6352       ){
6353         /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
6354         ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
6355         ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
6356         ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
6357         ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
6358         */
6359         rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
6360       }else{
6361         rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6362         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6363           rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6364         }
6365       }
6366   #else
6367       rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6368   #endif
6369       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6370 
6371       /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
6372       ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
6373       ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
6374       */
6375       rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
6376       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6377 
6378       /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
6379       ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
6380       ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
6381       **
6382       ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
6383       ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
6384       ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
6385       ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
6386       ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
6387       ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
6388       */
6389       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
6390       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6391 
6392       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
6393       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6394         assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
6395         goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6396       }
6397       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6398 
6399       /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
6400       ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
6401       ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
6402       ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
6403       ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
6404       ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case.  */
6405       if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
6406         Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
6407         assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
6408         rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
6409         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6410       }
6411 
6412       /* Finally, sync the database file. */
6413       if( !noSync ){
6414         rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster);
6415       }
6416       IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
6417     }
6418   }
6419 
6420 commit_phase_one_exit:
6421   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6422     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
6423   }
6424   return rc;
6425 }
6426 
6427 
6428 /*
6429 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
6430 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
6431 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
6432 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
6433 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
6434 **
6435 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
6436 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
6437 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
6438 ** irrevocably committed.
6439 **
6440 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
6441 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6442 */
6443 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
6444   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6445 
6446   /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
6447   ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
6448   ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
6449   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6450 
6451   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6452        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
6453        || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
6454   );
6455   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6456 
6457   /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
6458   ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
6459   ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
6460   **
6461   ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
6462   ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
6463   ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
6464   ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
6465   ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
6466   ** to drop any locks either.
6467   */
6468   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6469    && pPager->exclusiveMode
6470    && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6471   ){
6472     assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
6473     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
6474     return SQLITE_OK;
6475   }
6476 
6477   PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6478   pPager->iDataVersion++;
6479   rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1);
6480   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6481 }
6482 
6483 /*
6484 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
6485 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
6486 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
6487 ** state if an error occurs.
6488 **
6489 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
6490 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
6491 **
6492 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
6493 **
6494 **   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
6495 **      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
6496 **      was opened, and
6497 **
6498 **   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
6499 **      rollback at any point in the future.
6500 **
6501 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
6502 ** rollback is successful.
6503 **
6504 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
6505 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
6506 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
6507 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
6508 */
6509 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
6510   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6511   PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6512 
6513   /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
6514   ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
6515   ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
6516   */
6517   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6518   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
6519   if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
6520 
6521   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6522     int rc2;
6523     rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
6524     rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0);
6525     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
6526   }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6527     int eState = pPager->eState;
6528     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
6529     if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6530       /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
6531       ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
6532       ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
6533       */
6534       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6535       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6536       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6537       return rc;
6538     }
6539   }else{
6540     rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
6541   }
6542 
6543   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
6544   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
6545           || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
6546           || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
6547   );
6548 
6549   /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
6550   ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
6551   */
6552   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6553 }
6554 
6555 /*
6556 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
6557 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
6558 */
6559 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
6560   return pPager->readOnly;
6561 }
6562 
6563 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
6564 /*
6565 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager.
6566 */
6567 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
6568   return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6569 }
6570 #endif
6571 
6572 /*
6573 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
6574 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
6575 */
6576 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
6577   int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
6578                                      + 5*sizeof(void*);
6579   return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
6580            + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
6581            + pPager->pageSize;
6582 }
6583 
6584 /*
6585 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
6586 */
6587 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
6588   return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
6589 }
6590 
6591 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
6592 /*
6593 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
6594 */
6595 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
6596   static int a[11];
6597   a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6598   a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
6599   a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
6600   a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
6601   a[4] = pPager->eState;
6602   a[5] = pPager->errCode;
6603   a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
6604   a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
6605   a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
6606   a[9] = pPager->nRead;
6607   a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
6608   return a;
6609 }
6610 #endif
6611 
6612 /*
6613 ** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or
6614 ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
6615 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
6616 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
6617 ** returning.
6618 */
6619 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
6620 
6621   assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
6622        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
6623        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
6624   );
6625 
6626   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
6627   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
6628   assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 );
6629 
6630   *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT];
6631   if( reset ){
6632     pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0;
6633   }
6634 }
6635 
6636 /*
6637 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager.
6638 */
6639 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
6640   return pPager->tempFile;
6641 }
6642 
6643 /*
6644 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
6645 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
6646 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
6647 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
6648 **
6649 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
6650 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
6651 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6652 */
6653 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6654   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
6655   int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
6656   int ii;                                   /* Iterator variable */
6657   PagerSavepoint *aNew;                     /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
6658 
6659   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6660   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6661   assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal );
6662 
6663   /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
6664   ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
6665   ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
6666   */
6667   aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
6668       pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
6669   );
6670   if( !aNew ){
6671     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6672   }
6673   memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
6674   pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
6675 
6676   /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
6677   for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
6678     aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
6679     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
6680       aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
6681     }else{
6682       aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
6683     }
6684     aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
6685     aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
6686     if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
6687       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6688     }
6689     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6690       sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
6691     }
6692     pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
6693   }
6694   assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
6695   assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
6696   return rc;
6697 }
6698 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6699   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6700   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6701 
6702   if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){
6703     return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint);
6704   }else{
6705     return SQLITE_OK;
6706   }
6707 }
6708 
6709 
6710 /*
6711 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
6712 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
6713 ** created savepoint.
6714 **
6715 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
6716 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
6717 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
6718 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
6719 **
6720 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
6721 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
6722 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
6723 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
6724 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
6725 **
6726 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
6727 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
6728 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
6729 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
6730 ** contents of the database to its original state.
6731 **
6732 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
6733 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
6734 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
6735 **
6736 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
6737 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
6738 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6739 */
6740 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
6741   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6742 
6743 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6744   if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6745 #endif
6746 
6747   assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6748   assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6749 
6750   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
6751     int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
6752     int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
6753 
6754     /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
6755     ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
6756     ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
6757     */
6758     nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
6759     for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
6760       sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
6761     }
6762     pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
6763 
6764     /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
6765     ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
6766     if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
6767       if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
6768         /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
6769         if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
6770           rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
6771           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6772         }
6773         pPager->nSubRec = 0;
6774       }
6775     }
6776     /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
6777     ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
6778     ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
6779     ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
6780     */
6781     else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
6782       PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
6783       rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
6784       assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
6785     }
6786 
6787 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6788     /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled
6789     ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way,
6790     ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction
6791     ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level.  */
6792     else if(
6793         pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6794      && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6795     ){
6796       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6797       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6798       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6799     }
6800 #endif
6801   }
6802 
6803   return rc;
6804 }
6805 
6806 /*
6807 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
6808 **
6809 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
6810 ** nullIfMemDb is true.  This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
6811 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
6812 ** behavior.  But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
6813 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
6814 ** participate in shared-cache.
6815 */
6816 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
6817   return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename;
6818 }
6819 
6820 /*
6821 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
6822 */
6823 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
6824   return pPager->pVfs;
6825 }
6826 
6827 /*
6828 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
6829 ** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
6830 ** not yet been opened.
6831 */
6832 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
6833   return pPager->fd;
6834 }
6835 
6836 /*
6837 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists).
6838 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file.
6839 */
6840 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){
6841 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
6842   return pPager->jfd;
6843 #else
6844   return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd;
6845 #endif
6846 }
6847 
6848 /*
6849 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
6850 */
6851 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
6852   return pPager->zJournal;
6853 }
6854 
6855 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
6856 /*
6857 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
6858 */
6859 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
6860   Pager *pPager,
6861   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
6862   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
6863   void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
6864   void *pCodec
6865 ){
6866   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
6867   pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
6868   pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
6869   pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
6870   pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
6871   setGetterMethod(pPager);
6872   pagerReportSize(pPager);
6873 }
6874 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
6875   return pPager->pCodec;
6876 }
6877 
6878 /*
6879 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
6880 ** into the log file.
6881 **
6882 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
6883 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
6884 */
6885 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
6886   void *aData = 0;
6887   CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
6888   return aData;
6889 }
6890 
6891 /*
6892 ** Return the current pager state
6893 */
6894 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){
6895   return pPager->eState;
6896 }
6897 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
6898 
6899 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
6900 /*
6901 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
6902 **
6903 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
6904 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
6905 ** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
6906 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
6907 **
6908 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
6909 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
6910 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
6911 **
6912 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
6913 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
6914 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
6915 ** transaction is active).
6916 **
6917 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
6918 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
6919 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
6920 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
6921 **
6922 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
6923 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
6924 */
6925 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
6926   PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
6927   Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
6928   int rc;                      /* Return code */
6929   Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
6930 
6931   assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
6932   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6933        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6934   );
6935   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6936 
6937   /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
6938   ** the page we are moving from.
6939   */
6940   assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB );
6941   if( pPager->tempFile ){
6942     rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
6943     if( rc ) return rc;
6944   }
6945 
6946   /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
6947   ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
6948   ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
6949   **
6950   **   BEGIN;
6951   **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
6952   **     SAVEPOINT one;
6953   **       <Move page X to location Y>
6954   **     ROLLBACK TO one;
6955   **
6956   ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
6957   ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
6958   ** statement were is processed.
6959   **
6960   ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
6961   ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
6962   ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
6963   */
6964   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0
6965    && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg))
6966   ){
6967     return rc;
6968   }
6969 
6970   PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
6971       PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
6972   IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
6973 
6974   /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
6975   ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
6976   **
6977   ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
6978   ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
6979   ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
6980   */
6981   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
6982     needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
6983     assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
6984             pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
6985     assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
6986   }
6987 
6988   /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
6989   ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
6990   ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
6991   ** for the page moved there.
6992   */
6993   pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6994   pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
6995   assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
6996   if( pPgOld ){
6997     pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
6998     if( pPager->tempFile ){
6999       /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
7000       ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
7001       sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
7002     }else{
7003       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
7004     }
7005   }
7006 
7007   origPgno = pPg->pgno;
7008   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
7009   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
7010 
7011   /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
7012   ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
7013   ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
7014   */
7015   if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){
7016     sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
7017     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
7018   }
7019 
7020   if( needSyncPgno ){
7021     /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
7022     ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
7023     ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
7024     ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
7025     ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
7026     ** flag.
7027     **
7028     ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
7029     ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
7030     ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
7031     ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
7032     ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
7033     ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
7034     */
7035     PgHdr *pPgHdr;
7036     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0);
7037     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7038       if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
7039         assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
7040         sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
7041       }
7042       return rc;
7043     }
7044     pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7045     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
7046     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr);
7047   }
7048 
7049   return SQLITE_OK;
7050 }
7051 #endif
7052 
7053 /*
7054 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page
7055 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's
7056 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to
7057 ** the value passed as the third parameter.
7058 */
7059 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){
7060   assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew );
7061   pPg->flags = flags;
7062   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew);
7063 }
7064 
7065 /*
7066 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
7067 */
7068 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
7069   assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
7070   return pPg->pData;
7071 }
7072 
7073 /*
7074 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
7075 ** allocated along with the specified page.
7076 */
7077 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
7078   return pPg->pExtra;
7079 }
7080 
7081 /*
7082 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
7083 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7084 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
7085 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
7086 **
7087 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7088 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
7089 ** locking-mode.
7090 */
7091 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7092   assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
7093             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
7094             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
7095   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
7096   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
7097   assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
7098   if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
7099     pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
7100   }
7101   return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
7102 }
7103 
7104 /*
7105 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
7106 **
7107 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7108 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7109 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7110 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7111 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
7112 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7113 **
7114 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
7115 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
7116 **
7117 **   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
7118 **      or _MEMORY.
7119 **
7120 **   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
7121 **
7122 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
7123 */
7124 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7125   u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
7126 
7127 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
7128   /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger
7129   ** only.  We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */
7130   print_pager_state(pPager);
7131 #endif
7132 
7133 
7134   /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
7135   assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7136             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7137             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7138             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7139             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7140             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
7141 
7142   /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
7143   ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
7144   ** to WAL mode.
7145   */
7146   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7147 
7148   /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
7149   ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
7150   */
7151   if( MEMDB ){
7152     assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
7153     if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7154       eMode = eOld;
7155     }
7156   }
7157 
7158   if( eMode!=eOld ){
7159 
7160     /* Change the journal mode. */
7161     assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
7162     pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
7163 
7164     /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
7165     ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
7166     ** delete the journal file.
7167     */
7168     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
7169     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
7170     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
7171     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
7172     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
7173     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
7174 
7175     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
7176     if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
7177 
7178       /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
7179       ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
7180       ** here is an optimization only.
7181       **
7182       ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
7183       ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
7184       ** while it is in use by some other client.
7185       */
7186       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7187       if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
7188         sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7189       }else{
7190         int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7191         int state = pPager->eState;
7192         assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
7193         if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7194           rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
7195         }
7196         if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
7197           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
7198           rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
7199         }
7200         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7201           sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7202         }
7203         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
7204           pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7205         }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7206           pager_unlock(pPager);
7207         }
7208         assert( state==pPager->eState );
7209       }
7210     }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7211       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7212     }
7213   }
7214 
7215   /* Return the new journal mode */
7216   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7217 }
7218 
7219 /*
7220 ** Return the current journal mode.
7221 */
7222 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7223   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7224 }
7225 
7226 /*
7227 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
7228 ** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
7229 ** is unmodified.
7230 */
7231 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7232   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7233   if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
7234   if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
7235   return 1;
7236 }
7237 
7238 /*
7239 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
7240 **
7241 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
7242 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
7243 */
7244 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
7245   if( iLimit>=-1 ){
7246     pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
7247     sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
7248   }
7249   return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
7250 }
7251 
7252 /*
7253 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
7254 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
7255 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
7256 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
7257 */
7258 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
7259   return &pPager->pBackup;
7260 }
7261 
7262 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
7263 /*
7264 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
7265 */
7266 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
7267   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
7268   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
7269 }
7270 #endif
7271 
7272 
7273 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7274 /*
7275 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
7276 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7277 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
7278 **
7279 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
7280 */
7281 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(
7282   Pager *pPager,                  /* Checkpoint on this pager */
7283   sqlite3 *db,                    /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */
7284   int eMode,                      /* Type of checkpoint */
7285   int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */
7286   int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */
7287 ){
7288   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7289   if( pPager->pWal ){
7290     rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode,
7291         (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
7292         pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
7293         pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
7294         pnLog, pnCkpt
7295     );
7296   }
7297   return rc;
7298 }
7299 
7300 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
7301   return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
7302 }
7303 
7304 /*
7305 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
7306 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
7307 */
7308 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
7309   const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
7310   if( pPager->noLock ) return 0;
7311   return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
7312 }
7313 
7314 /*
7315 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
7316 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
7317 */
7318 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
7319   int rc;                         /* Return code */
7320 
7321   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7322   rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
7323   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7324     /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
7325     ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
7326     pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7327   }
7328 
7329   return rc;
7330 }
7331 
7332 /*
7333 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
7334 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
7335 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
7336 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
7337 */
7338 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
7339   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7340 
7341   assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
7342   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7343 
7344   /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
7345   ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
7346   ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
7347   ** file, to make sure this is safe.
7348   */
7349   if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
7350     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7351   }
7352 
7353   /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
7354   ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
7355   */
7356   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7357     rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
7358         pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
7359         pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
7360     );
7361   }
7362   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7363 
7364   return rc;
7365 }
7366 
7367 
7368 /*
7369 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
7370 ** this function.
7371 **
7372 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
7373 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
7374 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
7375 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
7376 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
7377 ** not modified in either case.
7378 **
7379 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
7380 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
7381 ** without doing anything.
7382 */
7383 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
7384   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
7385   int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
7386 ){
7387   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
7388 
7389   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7390   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
7391   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
7392   assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
7393   assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
7394 
7395   if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
7396     if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
7397 
7398     /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
7399     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7400 
7401     rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7402     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7403       pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
7404       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
7405     }
7406   }else{
7407     *pbOpen = 1;
7408   }
7409 
7410   return rc;
7411 }
7412 
7413 /*
7414 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
7415 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
7416 **
7417 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
7418 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
7419 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
7420 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
7421 */
7422 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
7423   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7424 
7425   assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7426 
7427   /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
7428   ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
7429   ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
7430   */
7431   if( !pPager->pWal ){
7432     int logexists = 0;
7433     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7434     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7435       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
7436           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
7437       );
7438     }
7439     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
7440       rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7441     }
7442   }
7443 
7444   /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
7445   ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
7446   */
7447   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
7448     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7449     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7450       rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->ckptSyncFlags,
7451                            pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
7452       pPager->pWal = 0;
7453       pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7454       if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7455     }
7456   }
7457   return rc;
7458 }
7459 
7460 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
7461 /*
7462 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot
7463 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error.
7464 */
7465 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){
7466   int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7467   if( pPager->pWal ){
7468     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot);
7469   }
7470   return rc;
7471 }
7472 
7473 /*
7474 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a
7475 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it
7476 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error.
7477 */
7478 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
7479   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7480   if( pPager->pWal ){
7481     sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7482   }else{
7483     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7484   }
7485   return rc;
7486 }
7487 
7488 /*
7489 ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this
7490 ** is not a WAL database, return an error.
7491 */
7492 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){
7493   int rc;
7494   if( pPager->pWal ){
7495     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager->pWal);
7496   }else{
7497     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7498   }
7499   return rc;
7500 }
7501 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */
7502 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
7503 
7504 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7505 /*
7506 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
7507 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
7508 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
7509 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
7510 ** is empty, return 0.
7511 */
7512 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
7513   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
7514   return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
7515 }
7516 #endif
7517 
7518 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
7519